US20070244134A1 - Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors - Google Patents

Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20070244134A1
US20070244134A1 US11/803,312 US80331207A US2007244134A1 US 20070244134 A1 US20070244134 A1 US 20070244134A1 US 80331207 A US80331207 A US 80331207A US 2007244134 A1 US2007244134 A1 US 2007244134A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
aryl
group
heteroaryl
cycloalkyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/803,312
Inventor
Anthony Beauglehole
Jayson Rieger
Robert Thompson
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Adenosine Therapeutics LLC
PGxHealth LLC
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US11/803,312 priority Critical patent/US20070244134A1/en
Publication of US20070244134A1 publication Critical patent/US20070244134A1/en
Priority to US12/049,801 priority patent/US20080176858A1/en
Assigned to PGXHEALTH, LLC reassignment PGXHEALTH, LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ADENOSINE THERAPEUTICS, LLC
Assigned to ADENOSINE THERAPEUTICS, LLC reassignment ADENOSINE THERAPEUTICS, LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: DOGWOOD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/52Purines, e.g. adenine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/36Opioid-abuse
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04Immunostimulants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D473/00Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
    • C07D473/26Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with an oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atom directly attached in position 2 or 6, but not in both
    • C07D473/32Nitrogen atom
    • C07D473/34Nitrogen atom attached in position 6, e.g. adenine

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compounds and pharmaceutical compositions that are selective antagonists of the A 2A adenosine receptor (AR). These compounds are useful as pharmaceutical agents.
  • Parkinson's disease is the second most common neurodegenerative disorder and affects over 1 million people in North America. 2
  • L-dopa continues to be the “Gold Standard” treatment for the motor symptoms of PD. 4,5 Despite the considerable symptomatic relief it affords, long-term treatment with L-dopa has major limitations.
  • dyskinesia After five to ten years of treatment with L-dopa, up to 60% of patients experience loss of L-dopa effectiveness and some debilitating complications, 7,8 notably, an “on” and “off” motor fluctuation and involuntary choreic or dystonic movements, dyskinesia. This has become the limiting factor in management of patients in the later stages of PD. 9 The development of dyskinesia might reflect desensitization of dopamine receptors. 10 Most importantly, there is no clear evidence that L-dopa slows or halts the degeneration of dopaminergic neurons.
  • L-dopa therapy is linked to the activation of dopamine receptors. This has prompted a search for alternative treatment for PD not targeting the dopaminergic system. 12 Striatal neuromodulators and transmitters other than dopamine are increasingly appreciated as critical regulators of motor function and offer new therapeutic opportunities to complement dopamine-replacement.
  • a 2A adenosine receptor (A 2A AR) has received increasing attention as a treatment for PD. 13,14 This contention is based on our understanding of the role of the A 2A AR in the basal ganglia and on the recent development of new, more selective A 2A AR antagonists. Anatomical, neurochemical and behavioral evidence of adenosine-dopamine interactions underlie this new therapeutic approach. 15-17 Anatomically, A 2A AR density is high in the striatum, where receptor mRNA is co-expressed with D 2 receptor mRNA in the striatopallidal neurons.
  • a 2A receptor antagonists can selectively modulate the “indirect” striatopallidal pathway to affect motor activity.
  • activation of the A 2A AR reduces the binding affinity of D 2 receptors in the striatum, 21 and antagonizes many neurochemical and cellular changes brought about by the activation of striatal D 2 receptors, including release of acetylcholine and GABA and expression of c-Fos.
  • a 2A AR agonists and antagonists function as dopamine antagonists and agonists, respectively, in modulating motor activity.
  • the three possible mechanisms have been proposed to explain for motor enhancement by the A 2A antagonists: (1) a direct receptor-receptor (A 2A -D 2 ) antagonistic interaction, 25,26 (2) an opposing but independent of A 2A and D 2 receptor signaling 27-29 or (3) A 2A AR modulation of GABA release in the basal ganglia. 30-32 These receptors also form A 2A AR-D2 heterodimers, 33 but how dimerization affects receptor function is unclear.
  • a 2A Receptor Antagonists May Offer Multiple Therapeutic Benefits for PD Patients
  • a 2A antagonists stimulate motor activity in normal as well as dopamine-depleted animals.
  • unselective adenosine antagonists caffeine and theophylline 2234
  • the A 2A AR-selective antagonists SCH58261 can reverse motor deficits induced by MPTP, 6-hydroxydopamine, haloperidol or reserpine 35-41 as well as by genetic deletion of D 2 receptors. 42 More recently, the A 2A antagonists KW6002 reversed motor deficit in MPTP-treated non-human primates.
  • a 2A antagonists can stimulate motor activity when combined with sub-threshold doses of dopaminergic agents such as L-dopa or D 1 and D 2 agonists such as aporphormine or quinpirole. 45 For example, combining KW6002 with L-dopa reduces the dose of L-dopa, thereby reducing the complications associated with L-dopa. In contrast to some non-specific adenosine antagonists or some dopamine agonists, motor stimulation was observed after acute treatment and persisted following treatment continued for 15 days. 44,46,47 Thus, tolerance to the motor stimulant effect of A 2A antagonists did not develop.
  • a 2A AR antagonists such as CSC, DMPX, SCH58261 and KW6002 (but not the A 1 AR antagonist DPCPX) attenuated dopaminergic neurotoxicity in several neurotoxin models of PD.
  • a 2A AR antagonists provided not only functional protection (such as reduced dopamine content and expression of molecular markers for the dopaminergic terminals), but also reduced the loss of dopaminergic neurons in substantia nigra in both MPTP- and 6-OHDA models of PD. 59,60 Likewise, knockout of A 2A ARs attenuated MPTP-induced dopaminergic neurotoxicity in mice. 59 Together with the demonstration of neuroprotection by A 2A AR antagonists against a wide range of neuronal injury models. These results raise the possibility that A 2A antagonists may offer a neuroprotection, slowing or even halting degeneration of dopaminergic neurons.
  • a 2A AR is almost exclusively in striatum, which might allow selective modulation of dopamine-mediated motor pathways without serious side effects due to drug actions outside the basal ganglia (a serious problem for drugs such as glutamate antagonists). It is important to emphasize that ambient adenosine levels and A 2A AR density are normal in PD patients, 61 indicating that A 2A antagonists might remain effective, even in the later stages of PD.
  • a 2A R antagonists as potential neuroprotective agents against dopaminergic neuron degeneration was markedly enhanced by a May 2000 report of an epidemiological study of the relationship between caffeine and PD.
  • Ross et al described a large prospective study with a 30-year follow-up of 8004 Japanese-American men that showed that in this population there is an inverse relationship between caffeine consumption and the risk of developing PD.
  • Two other ongoing, large-cohort studies (Heath Professional Follow-up Studies and Nurse's Heath Study) involving 47,351 men and 88,565 women also showed that moderate caffeine consumption (3-5 cups/day) reduced their risk of developing PD.
  • the inverse relationship of caffeine consumption and the risk of developing PD seem firmly established by these two large, prospective epidemiological studies.
  • the first relatively selective A 2A AR antagonists appeared about ten years ago.
  • This class includes KW-6002, which has low nanomolar affinity for the A 2A AR and >100-fold selectivity for the A 2A AR over the A 1 AR.
  • KW-6002 entered clinical trials in 2002 as an agent for the treatment of PD. 1,66 SCH58261, a pyrazolo[4,3-e]-1,2,4 triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine was a prototype for a series of second-generation derivatives that appeared over the next several years. These, too, had low nanomolar affinity and good selectivity for the A 2A AR in vitro.
  • the third class of antagonists to appear was typified by ZM241385, which was active at the A 2A AR in the sub-nanomolar range but less selective, interacting with A 2B AR as well.
  • ZM241385 The third class of antagonists to appear, the 1,2,4-triazolo[4,5-e]-1,3,5-triazines, was typified by ZM241385, which was active at the A 2A AR in the sub-nanomolar range but less selective, interacting with A 2B AR as well.
  • These potent A 2A antagonists have been important research tools, greatly facilitating pharmacological investigations of A 2A AR function in vitro as well as in vivo significantly enhancing our understanding of the neurobiology of the A 2A AR.
  • each of these antagonists has important drawbacks.
  • KW-6002 is light-sensitive, undergoing photoisomerization from the active E-isomer to the 800-fold less active Z-isomer.
  • SCH58261 is very poorly soluble and even its second-generation derivatives have marginal bioavailability.
  • ZM241385 is unselective and, additionally, has poor bioavailability.
  • Other nitrogen heterocycles such as the 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]quinoxalin-1-ones 71 and the oxazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidines from ICI are also unselective, and their bioavailability is unknown. Therefore a continuing need exists for compounds that are selective A 2A AR antagonists.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH 2 , —OH, —SH, —NHCH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —OMe, —SMe, (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, aryl and aryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, wherein R 1 and R 2 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of R a , wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1-4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O) 2 — or amino (—NR a —), or where R 1 and R 2 are independently absent, with the proviso that R a is not thio or halogen in the case where R 1 and R 2 to which R a is bound is halogen, —NH 2 , —OH, —SH,
  • a compound of the formula II wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , m, n, Y and Z are as defined above; and L is a linker selected from the group consisting of —(C 1 -C 3 )alkyl-C ⁇ C—, —C ⁇ C—(C 1 -C 3 )alkyl-, —(CH 2 ) 1-3 —CH ⁇ CH—, —CH ⁇ CH—CH 2 ) 1-3 —, —(CH 2 ) 1-2 —CH ⁇ CH—CH 2 — and —CH 2 —CH ⁇ CH—(CH 2 ) 1-2 —; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
  • a compound of the formula III wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , m, n, Y and Z are as defined above; and L is a linker selected from the group consisting of —NH—, —N ⁇ N—, —NH—N ⁇ , —O—, —S—, —SO 2 — and pyrazolyl; a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
  • the group (CR 1 R 2 ) m together is selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, iso-propylene, iso-butylene, sec-butylene and tert-butylene.
  • (CR 1 R 2 ) m together is selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, propylene and iso-propylene.
  • (CR 1 R 2 ) m -Z together is selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 —, —CH 2 C ⁇ CH, —CH 2 C ⁇ CCH 3 or —CH 2 CH 2 C ⁇ CH.
  • (CR 1 R 2 ) m -Z together is —CH 2 C ⁇ CH.
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen or are absent, m is 2 to 8 and the group (CR 1 R 2 ) m optionally comprises 1 to 4 alkenyl or alkynyl conjugated or unconjugated groups.
  • m is 1 to 8 and Z is selected from the group consisting of —NH 2 , —OH, —SH, —NR a R b , —OR a , —SR a and cyano.
  • (CR 1 R 2 ) m -Z together is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, hexanol, iso-propanol, iso-butanol, sec-butanol and tert-butanol.
  • (CR 1 R 2 ) m -Z together is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, propanol and —CH 2 CN.
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, and the group (CR 1 R 2 ) m is linear or branched, m is 1 to 6, and Z is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy and hexyloxy. In another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, ethoxy and propoxy.
  • Z is a mono-, bicyclic-, tricyclic- or aromatic or non-aromatic (C 3 -C 20 )cycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1 to 8 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O) 2 — and amino (—NR a —).
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl ring optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of R a .
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, where m is 0 or 1.
  • Z is cyclopentyl and where m is 0.
  • Z is cyclobutyl, m is 1 and R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen.
  • Y and Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, or wherein each Y or Z group is optionally comprises 1, 2 or 3 double bonds; each carbon in the ring is optionally replaced by or interrupted by 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O) 2 —, or amino (—NR a —), and is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 10 R 6 groups, provided that the Y or Z ring is not attached at a bridgehead carbon atom or at a trisubstituted carbon atom.
  • each Y or Z is independently hydrogen or a bicyclic ring selected from the group consisting of wherein any two adjacent carbon ring atom is optionally interrupted with 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O) 2 — or amino (—NR a —), and the ring is optionally substituted with from 1 to 7 R a groups selected from the group consisting of —NH 2 , —OH, —SH, —NHCH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —OMe, —SMe, propargyl, cyano, —NNH, —NNCH 3 , —OPO 2 H, —OPO 2 CH 3 , —OS(O 2 )H, —OS(O 2 )OH, —OS(O 2 )CH 3 and —OS(O 2 )OCH 3 , and m and n are each independently 0 or 1.
  • each Y or Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, or wherein m and n are each independently 0 or 1, and R 1 , R 2 , R 9 and R 10 are each independently absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —NH 2 , —OH, —SH, —NHCH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 —OMe and —SMe, and each Z group is optionally substituted with from 1 to 7 R a groups selected from the group consisting of halo, —NH 2 , —OH, —SH, —NHCH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —OMe, —SMe, propargyl, cyano, —NNH, —NNCH 3 , —OPO 2 H, —OPO 2 CH 3 , —S(SO 2 )H, —S(SO 2 )OH, —S(SO 2 )CH 3 and —S(SO 2 )OCH 3 .
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, m is 0, 1, 2 or 3 and Z is selected from the group consisting of furan, dihydro-furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiophene, pyrrole, 2H-pyrrole, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, pyrrolidine, 1,3-dioxolane, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, dihydro-imidazole, 2-imidazoline, imidazolidine, pyrazole, 2-pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 2H-pyran, 1H-tetrazole, 4H-pyran, pyridine, dihydro-pyridine, tetrahydro-pyridine, piperidine, 1,4-d
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, m is 0 or 1, and Z is selected from the group consisting of furan, thiophene, pyrrole, 2H-pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole and 1H-tetrazole, wherein each Z group is optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 R a groups selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, —NH 2 , —OH, —SH, —NHCH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —OCH 3 and —SCH 3 .
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of —CO 2 R a , R a C( ⁇ O)O—, R a C( ⁇ O)—, —OCO 2 R a , R a R b NC( ⁇ O)O—, R b OC( ⁇ O)NR a —, R a R b N—, R a R b NC( ⁇ O)—, R a C( ⁇ O)NR b —, R a R b NC( ⁇ O)NR b —, R a R b NC( ⁇ O)NR b , R a R b NC( ⁇ S)NR b , —OPO 3 R a , R a OC( ⁇ S)—, R a C( ⁇ S)—, —SSR a , R a S( ⁇ O)—, R a S(O 2 )—, —N ⁇ NR a , —OPO 2 R a , —OS(O 2 )R a
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of —CO 2 R a , R a C( ⁇ O)O—, R a C( ⁇ O)—, —OCO 2 R a , R a R b NC( ⁇ O)O—, R b OC( ⁇ O)NR a —, R a R b N—, R a R b NC( ⁇ O)—, R a C( ⁇ O)NR b —, R a R b NC( ⁇ O)NR b —, R a R b NC( ⁇ O)NR b —, R a R b NC( ⁇ S)NR b —, —OPO 3 R a , R a OC( ⁇ S)—, R a C( ⁇ S)—, —SSR a , R a S( ⁇ O)—, R a S( ⁇ O) 2 —, —N ⁇ NR a , —OPO 2 R a , —OS(O 2 )R
  • Z is independently —CO 2 R a , R a C( ⁇ O)—, R a R b N—, —OPO 3 R a , R a OC(S)—, R a C( ⁇ S)—, R a S( ⁇ O), R a S( ⁇ O) 2 —, —OPO 2 R a , —OS(O 2 )R a , —OS( ⁇ O)OR a , —OS(O 2 )OR a or —OS(O 2 )NR a R b , and wherein (CR 1 R 2 ) m together is selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH ⁇ CHCH 2 ,
  • each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —OR a , —SR a , (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, hetrocyclyl(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene-, aryl, aryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene-, —CO 2 R a , R a C( ⁇ O)O—, R a C( ⁇ O)—, —OCO 2 R a , R a R b NC( ⁇ O)O—, R b OC( ⁇ O)N(R a )—, R a R b N, R a R b NC( ⁇ O)—, R a C(
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is C ⁇ O, C ⁇ S or C ⁇ NR c .
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —OR a , —SR a , cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, —CO 2 R a , R a C( ⁇ O)O ⁇ , R a C( ⁇ O)—, —OCO 2 R a , R a R b NC( ⁇ O)O—, R b OC( ⁇ O)N(R a )—, R a R b N—, R a R b NC( ⁇ O)—, R a C( ⁇ O)N(R b )—, R a R b NC( ⁇ O)N(R b ), R a R b NC( ⁇ S)N(R b )—, —OPO 3 R a , R a
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated, mono-, bi- or tricyclic ring, or aromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O) 2 — or amine (—NR a —) in the ring, wherein any ring comprising R 4 and R 5 is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 14 R 6 groups; wherein each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OR a , —SR a , (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C 1 -C 8 )cycloalkyl, (C 6 -C 12 )bicy
  • the ring comprising R 4 and R 5 and the atom to which they are attached is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentane, cyclohexane, piperidine, dihydro-pyridine, tetrahydro-pyridine, pyridine, piperazine, decaline, tetrahydro-pyrazine, dihydro-pyrazine, pyrazine, dihydro-pyrimidine, tetrahydro-pyrimidine, hexahydro-pyrimidine, pyrazine, imidazole, dihydro-imidazole, imidazolidine, pyrazole, dihydro-pyrazole, pyrazolidine, norbornane and adamantane, each unsubstituted or substituted.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, —OR a , —CO 2 R a , R a C( ⁇ O)—, R a C( ⁇ O)O—, R a R b N—, R a R b NC( ⁇ O)— and aryl, provided that when the ring comprising R 4 and R 5 contains a heteroatom that is O or S, the heteroatom is not substituted with R 6 .
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of OH, OMe, methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, —CO 2 Ra, —CONR a R b , OAc, NH 2 , NHMe, NMe 2 , NHEt and N(Et) 2 , provided that when the ring comprising R 4 and R 5 contains a heteroatom that is O or S, the heteroatom is not substituted with R 6 .
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, —CO 2 R a , —CONR a R b and OAc, provided that when the ring comprising R 4 and R 5 contains a heteroatom, the heteroatom is not substituted with OAc.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of —(CH 2 ) 1-2 OR a , —(CH 2 ) 1-2 C( ⁇ O)OR a , —(CH 2 ) 1-2 OC( ⁇ O)R a , —(CH 2 ) 1-2 C( ⁇ O)R a , —(CH2) 1-2 OCO 2 R a , —(CH 2 ) 1-2 NHR a , —(CH 2 ) 12 NR a R b , —(CH 2 ) 1-2 C( ⁇ O)NHR a and —(CH 2 ) 1-2 C( ⁇ O)NR a R b .
  • R 6 is —CH 2 C( ⁇ O)OR a , —CH 2 C( ⁇ O)OR a , —CH 2 OH, —CH 2 OAc, —CH 2 NH(CH 3 ) and —(CH 2 ) 1-2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • the number of R 6 groups substituted on the R 4 R 5 ring is from 1 to 4.
  • R 7 and R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl-, aryl, aryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene-, mono-, bicyclic- or aromatic or nonaromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O) 2 — or amine (—NR a —) in the ring, and each is optionally substituted with from 1, 2, 3 or 4 R a groups.
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl,3-pentyl, iso-propyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl and benzyl, or wherein R 7 is hydrogen, methyl or sec-butyl.
  • R 7 and R 8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene-; or wherein R 7 and R 8 together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle or heteroaromatic ring.
  • —NR 7 R 8 is selected from the group consisting of amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, pentylamino, diphenylethylamino, pyridylmethylamino, diethylamino and benzylamino.
  • —NR 7 R 8 is selected from the group consisting of amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino and benzylamino, or wherein —NR 7 R 8 is amino.
  • R a and R b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl and (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl substituted with 1 to 3 (C 1 -C 8 )alkoxy, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl, (C 1 -C 8 )alkylthio, aryl, aryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene, heteroaryl, or heteroaryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene; or R a and R b together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring; R c is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl; m is 0 to about 8 and p is 0 to 2; and Y is —CR 3 R 4 R 5 or NR 4 R 5 .
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl and each is optionally substituted with from 1, 2 or 3 substituents of R a .
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl and each is optionally substituted with from 1, 2 or 3 substituents of R a selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, methoxy, ethoxy and propoxy; or wherein R 7 is benzyl and R a is methoxy.
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, —OH, —CH 2 OH, —OMe, —OAc, —NH 2 , —NHMe, —NMe 2 and —NHAc; or wherein R 9 is hydrogen or OH.
  • each R 10 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocycle(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene-, aryl, aryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene-, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene-.
  • R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl and benzyl; or wherein R 10 is hydrogen.
  • R 9 and R 10 and the carbon atom to which they are attached is a C ⁇ O group.
  • R a and R b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, aryl and aryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkylene.
  • R a and R b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl and benzyl.
  • R a is (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl.
  • R a is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl.
  • R a is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, i-propyl, i-butyl and tert-butyl.
  • R a and R b is a ring.
  • Y is —CR 3 R 4 R 5 or NR 4 R 5 , and is selected from the group consisting of: wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —OR a , —SR a , (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl, heterocycle, hetrocycle(C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, aryl, aryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, —CO 2 R a , R a C( ⁇ O)O—, R a C( ⁇ O)—, —OCO 2 R a , R a R b NC( ⁇ O)O—, R b OC( ⁇ O)N(R
  • Y is —CR 3 R 4 R 5 or NR 4 R 5 and is selected from the group consisting of: wherein R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —OR a , SR a , (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl, heterocycle, hetrocycle(C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, aryl, aryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, —CO 2 R a , R a C( ⁇ O)O—, R a C( ⁇ O)—, —OCO 2 R a , R a R b NC( ⁇ O)O—, R b OC( ⁇ O)N(R a )—, R a R b N—, R a R 3 R 3
  • the ring comprising —C(R 3 )R 4 R 5 is 2-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,2-diethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-tert-butylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-phenylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3,3-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4,4-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-tert-butylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-phenylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3,3,5,5-tetramethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,4-dimethylcyclopen
  • the ring comprises —C(R 3 )R 4 R 5 is piperidin-4-yl, 1-carboxypiperiden-4-yl, 1-(methoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl, 1-(ethoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl, 1-(n-propoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl, 1-(2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, 4-carboxypiperiden-1-yl, 4-(methoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, 4-(ethoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, 4-(n-propoxy)piperidine-1-yl, 4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, piperidin-3-yl, 1-carboxypiperidene-3-yl, 1-(methoxycarbonyl)piperidine-3-yl, 1-(ethoxycarbonyl)piperidine
  • the ring comprising —C(R 3 )R 4 R 5 is selected from the group consisting of 2-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,2-diethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-tert-butylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-phenylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3,3-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4,4-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-tert-butylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-phenylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3,3,5,5-tetramethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,
  • Z is a mono-, bicyclic-, tricyclic- or aromatic or non-aromatic (C 3 -C 20 )cycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1-8 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O) 2 — and amino (—NR a —).
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, m is 0, 1, 2 or 3 and Z is selected from the group consisting of furan, dihydro-furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiophene, pyrrole, 2H-pyrrole, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, pyrrolidine, 1,3-dioxolane, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, dihydro-imidazole, 2-imidazoline, imidazolidine, pyrazole, 2-pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 2H-pyran, 1H-tetrazole, 4H-pyran, pyridine, dihydro-pyridine, tetrahydro-pyridine, piperidine, 1,4-d
  • Z is a mono-, bicyclic-, tricyclic- or aromatic or non-aromatic (C 3 -C 20 )cycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1-8 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O) 2 — and amino (—NR a —).
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, m is 0, 1, 2 or 3 and Z is selected from the group consisting of furan, dihydro-furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiophene, pyrrole, 2H-pyrrole, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, pyrrolidine, 1,3-dioxolane, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, dihydro-imidazole, 2-imidazoline, imidazolidine, pyrazole, 2-pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 2H-pyran, 1H-tetrazole, 4H-pyran, pyridine, dihydro-pyridine, tetrahydro-pyridine, piperidine, 1,4-di
  • R 7 and R 8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 2 -C 4 )alkyl, 3-pentyl, aryl(C 2 -C 4 )alkyl, heteroaryl(C 2 -C 4 )alkyl, each unsubstituted or substituted, R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl; and R 11 is selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, propargyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, heteroaryl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, heterocyclyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, HO(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl,
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of each of the above, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Some of the compounds of formulae I, II, and III may further form pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters. All of these forms are included within the scope of the present invention.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of the compounds of formulae I, II, and III include salts which may be formed when acidic protons present in the parent compound are capable of reacting with inorganic or organic bases as known in the art. Acceptable inorganic bases, include for example, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and sodium-hydroxide.
  • Salts may also be prepared using organic bases, such as choline, dicyclohexylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, procaine, N-methylglucamine, and the like [see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts,” J Pharma. Sci. 66:1 (1977)].
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds of formulae I, II, and III include salts which may be formed when the parent compound contains a basic group.
  • Acid addition salts of the compounds may be prepared in a suitable solvent from the parent compound and an excess of a non-toxic inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid (giving the sulfate and bisulfate salts), nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, or a non-toxic organic acid such as aceticacid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, tert-butylacetic acid, laurylsulfuric acid, glucuronic acid, glutamic acid, and the like.
  • the free base form may be regenerated by contacting the acid addition salt with a base and isolating the
  • compositions comprising pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of this invention.
  • compositions of the compounds of this invention, or derivatives thereof may be formulated as solutions or lyophilized powders for parenteral administration.
  • Powders may be reconstituted by addition of a suitable diluent or other pharmaceutically acceptable carrier prior to use.
  • the liquid formulation is generally a buffered, isotonic, aqueous solution.
  • suitable diluents are normal isotonic saline solution, 5% dextrose in water or buffered sodium or ammonium acetate solution.
  • Such formulations are especially suitable for parenteral administration but may also be used for oral administration.
  • Excipients such as polyvinylpyrrolidinone, gelatin, hydroxycellulose, acacia, polyethylene glycol, mannitol, sodium chloride, or sodium citrate, may also be added. Alternatively, these compounds may be encapsulated, tableted, or prepared in an emulsion or syrup for oral administration.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable solid or liquid carriers may be added to enhance or stabilize the composition, or to facilitate preparation of the composition. Liquid carriers include syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, glycerin, saline, alcohols, or water.
  • Solid carriers include starch, lactose, calcium sulfate, dihydrate, terra alba, magnesium stearate or stearic acid, talc, pectin, acacia, agar, or gelatin.
  • the carrier may also include a sustained release material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or with a wax.
  • the amount of solid carrier varies but, preferably, will be between about 20 mg to about 1 g per dosage unit.
  • the pharmaceutical preparations are made following the conventional techniques of pharmacy involving milling, mixing, granulation, and compressing, when necessary, for tablet forms; or milling, mixing, and filling for hard gelatin capsule forms.
  • the preparation When a liquid carrier is used, the preparation will be in the form of a syrup, elixir, emulsion, or an aqueous or non-aqueous suspension.
  • a liquid formulation may be administered directly p.o. or filled into a soft gelatin capsule. Suitable formulations for each of these methods of administration may be found in, for example, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy , A. Gennaro, ed., 20th edition, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, Pa.
  • a method for stimulating motor activity without dyskinesia in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of an A 2A anatagonist compound of the above to the mammal in need of such treatment.
  • the therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat ischemia, brain damage induced by ischemia and excitoxicity, Huntington disease, catalepsy, cancer, drug addiction and withdrawal, Parkinson's disease (drug induced, post-encephalitic, poison induced or post-traumatic induced), acute or chronic pain, narcolepsy and Alzheimert's disease.
  • the therapeutically effective amount is effective to stimulate motor activity for treating a movement disorder, where the disorder is progressive supemuclear palsy, Huntington's disease, multiple system atrophy, corticobasal degeneration, Wilsons disease, Hallerrorden-Spatz disease, progressive pallidal atrophy, Dopa-responsive dystonia-Parkinsonism, spasticity or other disorders of the basal ganglia which result in dyskinesias.
  • the compound is used in combination with one or more additional drugs in the treatment of movement disorders (i.e. L-DOPA or dopamine agonist), addiction, or cancer with the components being in the same formulation or in a separate formulation for administration simultaneously or sequentially.
  • the therapeutically effective amount is effective to provide neuroprotection and slow or halt the degeneration of dopaminergic neurons. In yet another variation, the therapeutically effective amount is effective to enhance the immune response by increasing the activity of an immune cell in a mammal. In one variation, the activity is pro-inflammatory cytokine production. In another variation, the activity of the immune cell results in an increase in inflammation. In yet another variation of the above method, the mammal is human.
  • a method for stimulating motor activity without dyskinesia in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of an A 2A antagonist compound of the above to the mammal in need of such treatment.
  • the A 2A antagonist is selected from a compound of each of the above embodiments, aspects and variations.
  • a method to evaluate novel A 2A antagonists in four mouse models of PD include: A) motor function in normal and dopamine-depleted mice; B) synergistic activity with L-dopa to stimulate motor activity in dopamine-depleted mice; C) attenuation MPTP-induced neurotoxicity by inhibiting MPTP metabolism; and D) delayed L-dopa-induced locomotor sensitization in unilateral 6-OHDA-lesioned mice.
  • a method comprising contacting a compound of each of the above formula with an isotope such as those from hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, or iodine (e.g. 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, 36 Cl, 123 I, 125 I) optionally being a radioactive isotope (radionuclide), such as, for example, tritium, radioactive iodine (for example, 125 I for binding assays or 123 I for Spect Imaging) or other non-radioactive isotope (such as deuterium) and the like.
  • an isotope such as those from hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, or iodine (e.g. 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, 36 Cl, 123 I, 125
  • Isotopically labeled compounds may be useful for drug/tissue distribution assays and/or manipulating oxidative metabolism via the primary kinetic isotope effect. They are also valuable in identifying potential therapeutic agents for the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with target-receptor mediation, by contacting said agents with said radioligands and receptors, and measuring the extent of displacement of the radioligand and/or binding of the agent.
  • Representative references for Deuterium-for hydrogen substitution include Hanzlik et al., J. Org. Chem. 55, 3992-3997, 1990; Reider et al., J. Org. Chem. 52, 3326-3334, 1987; Foster, Adv. Drug Res.
  • Radiolabelled compounds that may be detected using imaging techniques, such as, for instance, Single Photon Emission Computerized Tomography (SPECT) or Positron Emission Tomography (PET) and the like, are known in the art. See for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,395,742; 6,472,667 and references cited therein.
  • SPECT Single Photon Emission Computerized Tomography
  • PET Positron Emission Tomography
  • FIG. 1 shows locomotors stimulant activity of A 2A AR antagonists injected into mice.
  • FIG. 2 sows the effect of A 2A AR gene deletion on locomotor effect of ATL-2.
  • a carbonyl group or a carbonyl derivative such as a thio carbonyl or an imine and the like is represented by a group such as —C( ⁇ O)O— or —C( ⁇ O)NR a —, for example, it is intended that the corresponding isomeric group that is —OC( ⁇ O)— or —NR a C( ⁇ O)— is also included.
  • alkyl is a straight, branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic group having a chain of carbon atoms, optionally with oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms inserted between the carbon atoms in the chain or as indicated.
  • a (C 1 -C 20 )alkyl includes alkyl groups that have a chain of between 1 and 20 carbon atoms, and include, for example, the groups methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1,3-butadienyl, penta-1,3-dienyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, hexa-1,3-dienyl, hexa-1,3,5-trienyl, and the like.
  • An alkyl group may also be represented, for example, as a —(CR 1 R 2 ) m — group where R 1 and R 2 are independently hydrogen or are independently absent, and for example, m is 1 to 8, and such representation is also intended to cover both saturated and unsaturated alkyl groups.
  • alkyl as noted with another group such as an aryl group, represented as “arylalkyl” for example, is intended to be a straight, branched, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic divalent group with the number of atoms indicated in the alkyl group (as in (C 1 -C 20 )alkyl, for example) and/or aryl group (as in (C 5 -C 14 )aryl, for example) or when no atoms are indicated means a bond between the aryl and the alkyl group.
  • arylalkyl a straight, branched, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic divalent group with the number of atoms indicated in the alkyl group (as in (C 1 -C 20 )alkyl, for example) and/or aryl group (as in (C 5 -C 14 )aryl, for example) or when no atoms are indicated means a bond between the aryl and the alkyl group.
  • alkylene is a straight, branched, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic divalent group with the number of atoms indicated in the alkyl group (as in —(C 1 -C 20 )alkylene- or —(C 1 -C 20 )alkylenyl-, for example), optionally with one or more oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms inserted (or “interrupted”) between the carbon atoms in the chain or as indicated.
  • a “cyclyl” such as a monocyclyl or polycyclyl group includes monocyclic, or linearly fused, angularly fused or bridged polycycloalkyl, or combinations thereof. Such cyclyl group is intended to include the heterocyclyl analogs.
  • a cyclyl group may be saturated, partically saturated or aromatic.
  • Halogen or “halo” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • heterocyclyl or “heterocycle” is a cycloalkyl wherein one or more of the atoms forming the ring is a heteroatom that is a N, O, or S.
  • Non-exclusive examples of heterocyclyl include piperidyl, 4-morpholyl, 4-piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,4-diazaperhydroepinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, and the like.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” means salt compositions that is generally considered to have the desired pharmacological activity, is considered to be safe, non-toxic and is acceptable for veterinary and human pharmaceutical applications.
  • Such salts include acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, citric acid, gluconic acid, salicylic acid and the like.
  • “Substituted or unsubstituted” means that a group such as, for example, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (C 1 -C 8 )cycloalkyl, (C 6 -C 12 )bicycloalkyl, hetrocyclyl(C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, the mono-, bi- or polycyclic rings that define the Z group, and the like, unless specifically noted otherwise, may be unsubstituted or, may substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substitutents selected from the group such as halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, methoxy, carboxy, —NH 2 , —OH, —SH, —NHCH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —SMe, propargyl, cyano,
  • a 2A AR Antagonists TABLE 1 Binding Affinity and Selectivity of A 2A AR Ligands a Ki, nM ATL # R 12 R 7 (CR 1 R 2 ) m -Z A 1 AR A 2A AR A 2B AR A 3 AR Antagonists 11 A 3-P Me 172 (1.3) 137 20% 30% 17 A 3-P Proparg 11 (2) 5 147 (29) 188 (38) 2 A NH 2 Proparg 4.6 (5) 0.95 50 (11) 599 (630) 3 A NH 2 cPent 368 (37) 10 357 (36) 633 (63) 51 B NH 2 Proparg 25 (16) 1.6 155 (97) >650 (>400) 50 B NH 2 cPent >325 (>27) 12 40% 40% a Abbreviations: 3-P, 3-pentyl; Me, methyl; Proparg, prop-2-ynyl; cPent, cyclopentyl.
  • mice The ability of compounds to stimulate motor activity in normal mice was measured using a simple, computer-assisted locomotor activity cage system.
  • the test compounds were dissolved in vehicle (10% DMSO, 10% castrol oil EL-620 and 80% saline).
  • vehicle 10% DMSO, 10% castrol oil EL-620 and 80% saline.
  • the drug was administrated intraperitoneally at a dose of 15 mg/kg, and locomotor activity was recorded for 2 hours before and after drug administration.
  • FIG. 1 shows that ATL-2 produced strong motor stimulation, reaching peak within 20 minutes and lasting for about 60 minutes (arrow marks the injection). From our previous experience with other A 2A R antagonists, the motor stimulant effect of ATL2 is comparable or stronger than other A 2A R antagonists such as SCH58261 and KW6002.
  • ATL-2 acts on the A 2A receptor to stimulate motor activity by using A 2A R KO mice (in both mixed (129sv X C57BL/6) as well as congenic (C57BL/6 genetic background) developed over the last several years.
  • We evaluated the motor stimulant effect of ATL-2 in A 2A receptor KO and their WT littermates. WT and A 2A KO mice (n 4) were habituated for 60 minutes and treated with ATL-2 (15 mg/kg) and recorded for motor activity for 120 minutes.
  • FIG. 2 shows that ATL-2 produced motor activity in WT mice (relatively high basal locomotion is likely due to short habituation time (60 minute instead of 120 minutes) and demonstrates relatively higher basal locomotion in WT compared to KO mice as we noted previously, 35 but this motor stimulation was absent in A 2A receptor KO mice.
  • the following procedures may be employed for the preparation of the compounds of the present invention.
  • the starting materials and reagents used in preparing these compounds are either available from commercial suppliers such as the Aldrich Chemical Company (Milwaukee, Wis.), Bachem (Torrance, Calif.), Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.), or are prepared by methods well known to a person of ordinary skill in the art, following procedures described in such references as Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis , vols. 1-17, John Wiley and Sons, New York, N.Y., 1991 ; Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds , vols. 1-5 and supps., Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989 ; Organic Reactions , vols.
  • the compounds of this invention can be synthesized by the steps outlined in Scheme 1.
  • Guanosine, A′ is acetylated to protect the ribose during reductive chlorination by POCl 3 /diethylaniline to form 6-chloroguanosine, C′.
  • Non-aqueous diazotization in the presence of elemental iodine in diiodomethane is a standard route to the protected 6-chloro-2-iodonebularine, D′.
  • Heating in methanolic ammonia deprotects the sugar and displaces the 6-chloro substituent to form 2-iodoadenosine, E′.
  • the reaction vessel was closed and the mixture stirred at room temperature 21 h.
  • the mixture was cooled over ice and nitrogen gas bubbled through the solution, the mixture being allowed to warm to room temperature.
  • the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM/MeOH (0-4%) to afford the pure product as an off white solid: yield 4.838 g, 84%.
  • N6-(2-Diphenylethyl)-2- ⁇ 2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl ⁇ -9-methyladenine 34.
  • N6-(2-diphenylethyl)-2- ⁇ 2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl ⁇ adenine 14 mg
  • mice In the set of experiments, we perform a dose response study of ATL-2 in stimulating motor activity in normal mice, and then we further extend this to dopamine-depleted mice.
  • Adult male mice are habituated for 120 minutes and treated (i.p.) with saline or varying doses of compound, and their locomotor activity recorded for 120 minutes.
  • a 2A receptor antagonists synergize with L-dopa to stimulate motor activity in dopamine-depleted mice.
  • a 2A Antagonists Potently and Specifically Attenuate MPTP-Induced Neurotoxicity by Inhibiting MPTP Metabolism.
  • ATL-2 0.3, 1.0, 3.0 and 10.0 mg/kg, i.p
  • MPTP 40 mg/kg
  • These doses are selected based on our preliminary results (with CSC) and on motor and neuroprotective effects (against ischemia) by SCH58261 and DPCPX.
  • the specificities for the A 2A R in these dose ranges of ATL-2 have been confirmed using A 2A KO mice.
  • DAT binding density in striatum may be determined by receptor autoradiography using 3 H-mazindol as a specific ligand. Quantitation of DAT ( 3 H-mazindol) binding autoradiography may be performed by densitometry analysis. The numbers of dopaminergic neurons may be determined by TH immunohistochemistry in the substantial nigra.
  • Stereological methods may be used to estimate the absolute reduction in TH + nigral neurons in MPTP-treated WT mice and any attenuation in those pretreated with ATL-2.
  • cell counts may also be performed for TH + neurons in the more medial VTA, which is less affected in MPTP treated mice as well as in PD.
  • neuroprotection in a dose-dependent manner may be observed.
  • the potency of A 2A antagonists for neuroprotection may be observed with their potency for motor stimulation and for possible attenuation of behavioral sensitization (see above).
  • the potency of CSC or SCH58261 for neuroprotection against MPTP may be compared to that for neuroprotection against ischemic injury and excitoxicity.
  • a significant difference in an A 2A antagonist's potency in neuroprotection against MPTP and against ischemia or excitoxicity may suggest different mechanisms and sites of action (e.g. glial versus neuronal compartments which may have different G-protein coupling mechanisms).
  • mice C57BL/6 mice (from the Jackson's lab, Bar Harbor, Mich.) are lesioned with 6-OHDA by unilateral intrastriatal using a standard lesioning protocol. Seven days after the 6-OHDA (or MPP + ) treatment, mice are injected with L-dopa (2.0 mg/kg, daily) for 14 days. Five min prior to each L-dopa treatment, the mice receive intraperitoneal pretreatment with: (1) vehicle, (2) ATL-2 (3 mg/kg) or (3) ATL-2 (10 mg/kg).
  • mice may be sacrificed and their brains sectioned through striatum and substantial nigra. Striatal enkephalin mRNA levels are determined by in situ hybridization histochemistry. Similarly, DAT ( 3 H-mazindol) binding is measured by receptor autoradiography to ensure successful and equivalent lesions among different experimental groups.
  • mice WT and A 2A KO mice (generated as above) as well as commercially procured C57B1/6 mice (Taconic, N.Y.) may be used for this study. Since our pilot study and other reports [40,88] indicate that animal age is a critical factor in determining the extent of an MPTP lesion, animal body weight around 25-30 grams (corresponding to approximately 10 weeks of age) is tightly controlled. The mice are housed in temperature and humidity-controlled rooms with a 24-hour 1:1 light:dark cycle. Adenosinergic and dopaminergic agents are injected at the volume of 0.1 ml/10 gram body weight of mice. Other adenosinergic and dopaminergic drugs are purchased from RBI (Natick, Mass.). From our previous work, we have adapted a special solvent (15% DMSO, 15% Alkamuls-EL 620 and 70% saline) for dissolving A 2A antagonists, including CSC and SCH58261.
  • a special solvent (15% DMSO, 15% Alkamuls-
  • Catalepsy behavior may be induced by haloperidol (1 mg/kg, i.p.) or reserpine (5 mg/kg, i.p. see below).
  • Catalepsy score may be determined by the bar and grid tests. For the bar test, both mouse forepaws are placed on a 6 cm-high horizontal bar (diameter 0.7 cm). In the grid test, mice are allowed to cling to a metal-framed vertical grid (1.3 cm squares). The latency from paw placement until the first complete removal of one paw from the support is measured (maximal test duration 180 sec). Upon the completion of behavioral assessment, mice are sacrificed and the brains are processed for neurochemical and histochemical analyses.
  • 6-OHDA Intrastriatal Injection of 6-OHDA: Wild-type C57B1/6 or A2AR mutant mice are anesthetized with Avertin and positioned in a stereotaxic frame. Three microliters of 6-OHDA (3 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l) are injected into the left striatum (coordinates from bregma: AP+0.0, L+2.5.0, DV ⁇ 4.4) via a infusion minipump over a 4 min period. Due to its photolability, 6-OHDA is dissolved in 0.01% ascorbic acid and injected under a light-protected environment.
  • mice may be continually monitored, and special care may be taken to maintain mouse body temperature with a heating blanket or warming lights. During the first 48 hours post-operation, mashed food pellets and water are provided to the mice inside the cage at floor-level for easy access.
  • the catecholamines in the supernatant are separated over a reverse-phase hydrophobic interaction C-18 HPLC column (Beckman, 5 ⁇ ODS) and measured using an electrochemical detector (ESA Coulochem 5100A) with electrodes set in series at oxidizing (+0.22 V) and then reducing ( ⁇ 0.35 V) potentials. Both the retention time and the ratio of oxidation to reduction currents for given sample peaks are compared against those for external standards to ensure proper identification of analytes.
  • ESA Coulochem 5100A electrochemical detector
  • mice may be perfusion-fixed and their brains may be microtome-cut into 40 ⁇ m coronal free-floating sections. Every sixth section may be processed for TH immunohistochemistry using a 1:1,000 dilution of a polyclonal rabbit antiserum against rat TH (Eugene Tech. Intl., NJ). Immunostaining is completed using standard avidin-biotin procedures described previously [18,130]. A non-biased stereological technique is employed to quantify the effect of treatment on total TH+ nigra (pars compacta) cell counts as described previously [81].
  • A2A receptor binding autoradiography Twenty micron striatal sections are preincubated for 5 minutes with ice-cold buffer (509 mM Tris-HCl, 5 mM KCl and 300 mM NaCl, pH 7.9) and then incubated for 60 minutes in the same buffer containing 6 nM 3H-SCH58261 (provided generously by Dr. E. Ongini) [131]. The slides are washed twice and then air-dried before exposure to Hyperfilm (Amersham, Ill.) for 2-4 weeks.
  • ice-cold buffer 509 mM Tris-HCl, 5 mM KCl and 300 mM NaCl, pH 7.9
  • 6 nM 3H-SCH58261 provided generously by Dr. E. Ongini
  • the films are analyzed with a video-based image analysis system (MultiAnalyst; Biorad), and total striatal 3H-SCH58261 binding (fmol/mg tissue) is calculated using a tritium-labeled calibration standard [17,131].
  • mice are the only animals that are be used in experiments. The mice are monitored daily (co-investigators or technician) under the supervision of a staff veterinarian. In the majority of the experiments the mice are kept under SPF conditions with no more than 5 mice/cage of females and 4 mice/cage of males. All husbandry and veterinary care meets NIH and AAALAC standards for humane care for use of laboratory animals. In addition, because of daily observation of all animals, any moribund animal is humanely euthanized by CO 2 .
  • Models of PD are used to investigate pre-clinical efficacy and pharmacokinetics of A2AAR antagonist. Because we have used these model in our laboratory, the model is now well characterized and the experimental manipulation of mice for these studies are well established.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Addiction (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors like those of formula I are provided, wherein Y forms a ring.
Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00001

The novel A2A Blockers are useful for the treatment of Parkinson's disease and other diseases.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
  • The present application is a continuation of “Selective Antagonists of A2A Adenosine Receptors,” U.S. application Ser. No. 11/097,251 filed Apr. 4, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference thereto, and claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/559,159, filed Apr. 2, 2004, entitled “Selective Antagonists of A2A Adenosine Receptors,” the disclosure of which is incorporated herein.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to compounds and pharmaceutical compositions that are selective antagonists of the A2A adenosine receptor (AR). These compounds are useful as pharmaceutical agents.
  • Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors have proven to be effective for the treatment of Parkinson's disease (PD) both in animal models and in a human trial.1 However, the initial clinical trial was stopped in phase 3 due to detection of animal toxicity of the investigational drug, KW6002. Other investigational compounds lack sufficient potency, selectivity or bioavailability to be considered clinical candidates.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Parkinson's disease is the second most common neurodegenerative disorder and affects over 1 million people in North America.2 The pathological process, degeneration of the dopaminergic neurons in the substantial nigra, causes profound depletion of striatal dopamine and motor impairment. This insight led to the introduction of L-dopa as a dopamine-replacement treatment for PD.3 Today, L-dopa continues to be the “Gold Standard” treatment for the motor symptoms of PD.4,5 Despite the considerable symptomatic relief it affords, long-term treatment with L-dopa has major limitations.6 After five to ten years of treatment with L-dopa, up to 60% of patients experience loss of L-dopa effectiveness and some debilitating complications,7,8 notably, an “on” and “off” motor fluctuation and involuntary choreic or dystonic movements, dyskinesia. This has become the limiting factor in management of patients in the later stages of PD.9 The development of dyskinesia might reflect desensitization of dopamine receptors.10 Most importantly, there is no clear evidence that L-dopa slows or halts the degeneration of dopaminergic neurons. In fact, in vitro cell culture studies suggested that dopamine and its oxidative metabolites are toxic to dopaminergic neurons, and raised the concern that L-dopa may actually accelerate the degeneration of dopaminergic neurons. Because of this concern, many clinicians avoid prescribing L-dopa early in the course of PD.11
  • These major limitations of L-dopa therapy are linked to the activation of dopamine receptors. This has prompted a search for alternative treatment for PD not targeting the dopaminergic system.12 Striatal neuromodulators and transmitters other than dopamine are increasingly appreciated as critical regulators of motor function and offer new therapeutic opportunities to complement dopamine-replacement.
  • Over the last 10 years, the A2A adenosine receptor (A2AAR) has received increasing attention as a treatment for PD.13,14 This contention is based on our understanding of the role of the A2AAR in the basal ganglia and on the recent development of new, more selective A2AAR antagonists. Anatomical, neurochemical and behavioral evidence of adenosine-dopamine interactions underlie this new therapeutic approach.15-17 Anatomically, A2AAR density is high in the striatum, where receptor mRNA is co-expressed with D2 receptor mRNA in the striatopallidal neurons.18-20 This unique cellular distribution of A2A receptors suggests that A2A receptor antagonists can selectively modulate the “indirect” striatopallidal pathway to affect motor activity. At the neurochemical level, activation of the A2AAR reduces the binding affinity of D2 receptors in the striatum,21 and antagonizes many neurochemical and cellular changes brought about by the activation of striatal D2 receptors, including release of acetylcholine and GABA and expression of c-Fos. Furthermore, behavioral studies have demonstrated that the unselective adenosine antagonists caffeine and theophylline stimulate locomotor activity22,23 whereas the unselective agonist NECA24 inhibits spontaneous locomotor activity as well as motor activity induced by dopamine agonists. Thus, A2AAR agonists and antagonists function as dopamine antagonists and agonists, respectively, in modulating motor activity. The three possible mechanisms have been proposed to explain for motor enhancement by the A2A antagonists: (1) a direct receptor-receptor (A2A-D2) antagonistic interaction,25,26 (2) an opposing but independent of A2A and D2 receptor signaling27-29 or (3) A2AAR modulation of GABA release in the basal ganglia.30-32 These receptors also form A2AAR-D2 heterodimers,33 but how dimerization affects receptor function is unclear.
  • A2A Receptor Antagonists May Offer Multiple Therapeutic Benefits for PD Patients
  • First, A2A antagonists stimulate motor activity in normal as well as dopamine-depleted animals. In rodent models of PD, unselective adenosine antagonists (caffeine and theophylline)22,34 and the A2AAR-selective antagonists SCH58261, KW6002 and CSC can reverse motor deficits induced by MPTP, 6-hydroxydopamine, haloperidol or reserpine35-41 as well as by genetic deletion of D2 receptors.42 More recently, the A2A antagonists KW6002 reversed motor deficit in MPTP-treated non-human primates.43,44 Furthermore, A2A antagonists can stimulate motor activity when combined with sub-threshold doses of dopaminergic agents such as L-dopa or D1 and D2 agonists such as aporphormine or quinpirole.45 For example, combining KW6002 with L-dopa reduces the dose of L-dopa, thereby reducing the complications associated with L-dopa. In contrast to some non-specific adenosine antagonists or some dopamine agonists, motor stimulation was observed after acute treatment and persisted following treatment continued for 15 days.44,46,47 Thus, tolerance to the motor stimulant effect of A2A antagonists did not develop.
  • Second, studies of the MPTP-treated monkey model of PD revealed a novel feature of A2A antagonists, namely, stimulation of motor activity without dyskinesia.43,44,48 In contrast to L-dopa, repeated treatment with KW6002 reversed the motor deficit but did not induce dyskinesia, even in monkeys primed with L-dopa. Further, our recent findings in A2AAR knockout mice suggest that development of behavioral sensitization by chronic treatment of L-dopa requires activation of the A2AAR. Genetic inactivation of the A2A receptor attenuated L-dopa-induced rotational behavior.49 This is consistent with a recent study showing that co-administration of KW6002 with apomorphine to MPTP-treated monkeys completely abolished the development of apomorphine-induced dyskinesia.50 Further studies are warranted to explore the molecular mechanism underlying this novel aspect of A2AAR function.
  • Third, accumulating evidence suggests that the specific inactivation of A2AARs consistently attenuates brain damage induced by ischemia51-53 and excitoxicity,54,55 as well as in animal models of Huntington's disease56 and Alzheimer's disease.57 The neuroprotection by A2AAR antagonists has been recently extended to a rodent model of PD. Co-administration of A2AAR antagonists, such as CSC, DMPX, SCH58261 and KW6002 (but not the A1AR antagonist DPCPX) attenuated dopaminergic neurotoxicity in several neurotoxin models of PD.58 A2AAR antagonists provided not only functional protection (such as reduced dopamine content and expression of molecular markers for the dopaminergic terminals), but also reduced the loss of dopaminergic neurons in substantia nigra in both MPTP- and 6-OHDA models of PD.59,60 Likewise, knockout of A2AARs attenuated MPTP-induced dopaminergic neurotoxicity in mice.59 Together with the demonstration of neuroprotection by A2AAR antagonists against a wide range of neuronal injury models. These results raise the possibility that A2A antagonists may offer a neuroprotection, slowing or even halting degeneration of dopaminergic neurons.
  • Finally, in contrast to the widespread distribution of other neurotransmitter receptors, for example, glutamate receptors, the expression of the A2AAR is almost exclusively in striatum, which might allow selective modulation of dopamine-mediated motor pathways without serious side effects due to drug actions outside the basal ganglia (a serious problem for drugs such as glutamate antagonists). It is important to emphasize that ambient adenosine levels and A2AAR density are normal in PD patients,61 indicating that A2A antagonists might remain effective, even in the later stages of PD.
  • The prospective use of A2AR antagonists as potential neuroprotective agents against dopaminergic neuron degeneration was markedly enhanced by a May 2000 report of an epidemiological study of the relationship between caffeine and PD. Ross et al described a large prospective study with a 30-year follow-up of 8004 Japanese-American men that showed that in this population there is an inverse relationship between caffeine consumption and the risk of developing PD.62 Two other ongoing, large-cohort studies (Heath Professional Follow-up Studies and Nurse's Heath Study) involving 47,351 men and 88,565 women also showed that moderate caffeine consumption (3-5 cups/day) reduced their risk of developing PD.63 Thus, the inverse relationship of caffeine consumption and the risk of developing PD seem firmly established by these two large, prospective epidemiological studies. These results are consistent with the animal studies showing neuroprotection by A2AAR antagonists and strongly argue that A2A antagonists including caffeine may offer an opportunity to slow down or halt the degeneration of dopaminergic neurons.
  • Initial clinical trial results of KW6002 indicated that (20-80 mg/day) enhanced motor activity in one study and potentiated a motor stimulant effect by low (but not high) doses of L-dopa in another study.64,65 KW6002 was well tolerated and had few side effects. Unfortunately, trials with KW6002 have been stopped because this compound was found to produce a long-term toxicity in rats. Hence, there is a pressing need to develop alternative molecules that lack toxicity.
  • The first relatively selective A2AAR antagonists, the 8-styrylxanthines, appeared about ten years ago. This class includes KW-6002, which has low nanomolar affinity for the A2AAR and >100-fold selectivity for the A2AAR over the A1AR. KW-6002, entered clinical trials in 2002 as an agent for the treatment of PD.1,66 SCH58261, a pyrazolo[4,3-e]-1,2,4 triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine was a prototype for a series of second-generation derivatives that appeared over the next several years. These, too, had low nanomolar affinity and good selectivity for the A2AAR in vitro.67 The third class of antagonists to appear, the 1,2,4-triazolo[4,5-e]-1,3,5-triazines, was typified by ZM241385, which was active at the A2AAR in the sub-nanomolar range but less selective, interacting with A2BAR as well.68 These potent A2A antagonists have been important research tools, greatly facilitating pharmacological investigations of A2AAR function in vitro as well as in vivo significantly enhancing our understanding of the neurobiology of the A2AAR. However, each of these antagonists has important drawbacks. KW-6002 is light-sensitive, undergoing photoisomerization from the active E-isomer to the 800-fold less active Z-isomer.69 SCH58261 is very poorly soluble and even its second-generation derivatives have marginal bioavailability.70 As mentioned above, ZM241385 is unselective and, additionally, has poor bioavailability. Other nitrogen heterocycles such as the 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]quinoxalin-1-ones71 and the oxazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidines from ICI are also unselective, and their bioavailability is unknown. Therefore a continuing need exists for compounds that are selective A2A AR antagonists.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In one aspect, there is provided a compound of the formula I:
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00002

    wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OMe, —SMe, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R1 and R2 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1-4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R1 and R2 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not thio or halogen in the case where R1 and R2 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OMe and —SMe; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, hetrocycle(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, RaS(═O)2—, —NNRa and —OPO2Ra; or if the ring formed from the group CR3R4R5 is aryl or heteroaryl or partially unsaturated, then R3 can be absent; R4 and R5 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated, mono-, bi- or tricyclic- or aromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amine (—NRa—) in the ring, wherein any ring comprising R4 and R5 is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 14 R6 groups; wherein each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C1-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, hetrocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, —NNRa and —OPO2Ra or two R6 groups and the atom to which they are attached combined to form C═O or C═S, or wherein two R6 groups together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, aryl or aryl(C1-C8)alkylene, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkylene-; or wherein R7 and R8 together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle or heteroaromatic ring; R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OMe, —SMe, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R9 and R10 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R9 and R10 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not thio or halogen in the case where R9 and R10 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OMe and —SMe; Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5; Z is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, (C6-C20)polycyclyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C5-C14), aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —NRaRb, —ORa, —SRa, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)NRa—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)NRb, RaRbNC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═S)NRb—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, —NNRa, —OPO2Ra, —OS(O2)Ra, —OS(═O)ORa, —OS(O2)ORa and —O(SO2)NRaRb; Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OMe, —SMe, propargyl, cyano, —NNH, —NNCH3, —OPO2H, —OPO2CH3, OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3, —OS(O2)OCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl are optionally interrupted with 1-4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— and amino (—NRc); and wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of —ORc, —NRcRc, —SRc, cyano, —NNH, —NNCH3, —OPO2H, —OPO2CH3, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3 and —OS(O2)OCH3, provided that Ra is not a heteroatom when it is attached to another heteroatom; Rc is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C1-C8)alkyl; and m is 0 to 8; n is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that when m is 0, Z is not halogen, cyano, nitro or a heteroatom, and when n is 0, Y is not —NR4R5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
  • In another aspect, there is provided a compound of the formula II:
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00003

    wherein R1, R2, R7, R8, R9, R10, m, n, Y and Z are as defined above; and L is a linker selected from the group consisting of —(C1-C3)alkyl-C≡C—, —C≡C—(C1-C3)alkyl-, —(CH2)1-3—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—CH2)1-3—, —(CH2)1-2—CH═CH—CH2— and —CH2—CH═CH—(CH2)1-2—; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
  • In another aspect, there is provided a compound of the formula III:
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00004

    wherein R1, R2, R7, R8, R9, R10, m, n, Y and Z are as defined above; and L is a linker selected from the group consisting of —NH—, —N═N—, —NH—N═, —O—, —S—, —SO2— and pyrazolyl; a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
  • In one variation of each of the above compound of formulae I, II and III, the group (CR1R2)m together is selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, iso-propylene, iso-butylene, sec-butylene and tert-butylene. In another variation, (CR1R2)m together is selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, propylene and iso-propylene. In another variation, (CR1R2)m-Z together is selected from the group consisting of —CH2CH═CH2—, —CH2C≡CH, —CH2C≡CCH3 or —CH2CH2C≡CH. In yet another variation, (CR1R2)m-Z together is —CH2C≡CH.
  • In another variation of the above formulae, R1 and R2 are hydrogen or are absent, m is 2 to 8 and the group (CR1R2)m optionally comprises 1 to 4 alkenyl or alkynyl conjugated or unconjugated groups. In another variation, m is 1 to 8 and Z is selected from the group consisting of —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NRaRb, —ORa, —SRa and cyano. In another particular variation, (CR1R2)m-Z together is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, hexanol, iso-propanol, iso-butanol, sec-butanol and tert-butanol. In yet another variation, (CR1R2)m-Z together is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, propanol and —CH2CN.
  • In one variation of each of the above, R1 and R2 are hydrogen, and the group (CR1R2)m is linear or branched, m is 1 to 6, and Z is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy and hexyloxy. In another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, ethoxy and propoxy. In another variation, Z is a mono-, bicyclic-, tricyclic- or aromatic or non-aromatic (C3-C20)cycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1 to 8 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— and amino (—NRa—). In yet another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl ring optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra. In yet another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, where m is 0 or 1. In another variation, Z is cyclopentyl and where m is 0. In a particular variation, Z is cyclobutyl, m is 1 and R1 and R2 are hydrogen.
  • In one particular variation of each of the above; Y and Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, or
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00005

    wherein each Y or Z group is optionally comprises 1, 2 or 3 double bonds; each carbon in the ring is optionally replaced by or interrupted by 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2—, or amino (—NRa—), and is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 10 R6 groups, provided that the Y or Z ring is not attached at a bridgehead carbon atom or at a trisubstituted carbon atom. In another variation, each Y or Z is independently hydrogen or a bicyclic ring selected from the group consisting of
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00006

    wherein any two adjacent carbon ring atom is optionally interrupted with 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), and the ring is optionally substituted with from 1 to 7 Ra groups selected from the group consisting of —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OMe, —SMe, propargyl, cyano, —NNH, —NNCH3, —OPO2H, —OPO2CH3, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3 and —OS(O2)OCH3, and m and n are each independently 0 or 1. In another variation, each Y or Z is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, or
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00007

    wherein m and n are each independently 0 or 1, and R1, R2, R9 and R10 are each independently absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2—OMe and —SMe, and each Z group is optionally substituted with from 1 to 7 Ra groups selected from the group consisting of halo, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OMe, —SMe, propargyl, cyano, —NNH, —NNCH3, —OPO2H, —OPO2CH3, —S(SO2)H, —S(SO2)OH, —S(SO2)CH3 and —S(SO2)OCH3.
  • In another variation of the above, R1 and R2 are hydrogen, m is 0, 1, 2 or 3 and Z is selected from the group consisting of furan, dihydro-furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiophene, pyrrole, 2H-pyrrole, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, pyrrolidine, 1,3-dioxolane, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, dihydro-imidazole, 2-imidazoline, imidazolidine, pyrazole, 2-pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 2H-pyran, 1H-tetrazole, 4H-pyran, pyridine, dihydro-pyridine, tetrahydro-pyridine, piperidine, 1,4-dioxane, morpholine, 1,4-dithiane, thiomorpholine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, dihydro-pyrimidine, tetrahydro-pyrimidine, hexahydro-pyrimidine, pyrazine, dihydro-pyrazine, tetrahydro-pyrazine, piperazine, 1,3,5-triazine and 1,3,5-trithiane, wherein each Z group is optionally substituted with from 1 to 10 Ra groups.
  • In yet another variation, R1 and R2 are hydrogen, m is 0 or 1, and Z is selected from the group consisting of furan, thiophene, pyrrole, 2H-pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole and 1H-tetrazole, wherein each Z group is optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 Ra groups selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 and —SCH3. In another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)NRa—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═S)NRb, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, RaS(O2)—, —N═NRa, —OPO2Ra, —OS(O2)Ra, —OS(═O)ORa, —OS(O2)ORa and —OS(O2)NRaRb, wherein m is 1 to 8, and the group (CR1R2)m is optionally saturated or partially unsaturated. In yet another variation, Z is selected from the group consisting of —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)NRa—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═S)NRb—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, RaS(═O)2—, —N═NRa, —OPO2Ra, —OS(O2)Ra, —OS(═O)ORa, —OS(O2)ORa and —O(SO2)NRaRb, and wherein (R1R2)m together is selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH═CHCH2—, —CH2CH═CH—, —CH═CHCH2CH2—, —CH2CH═CHCH2—, —CH2CH2CH═CH—, —C≡CCH2—, —CH2C≡C—, —C≡CCH2CH2—, —CH2C≡CCH2— and —CH2CH2C≡C—. In still another variation of the above, Z is independently —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)—, RaRbN—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(S)—, RaC(═S)—, RaS(═O), RaS(═O)2—, —OPO2Ra, —OS(O2)Ra, —OS(═O)ORa, —OS(O2)ORa or —OS(O2)NRaRb, and wherein (CR1R2)m together is selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—, —CH═CHCH2, —CH2CH═CH—, —CH═CHCH2CH2—, —CH2CH═CHCH2—, —CH2CH2CH═CH—, —C≡CCH2—, —CH2C≡C—, —C≡CCH2CH2—, —CH2C≡CCH2— and —CH2CH2C≡C—.
  • In one particular variation of each of the above; each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, hetrocyclyl(C1-C8)alkylene-, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkylene-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkylene-, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, RaS(═O)2—, —N═NRa and —OPO2Ra. In another variation, R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached is C═O, C═S or C═NRc. In yet another variation, R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb), RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRA, RaS(═O)—, RaS(═O)2—, —NNRa and —OPO2Ra; or if the ring formed from the group CR3R4R5 is aryl or heteroaryl or partially unsaturated then R3 can be absent. In another variation of the above, R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, OH, OMe, OAc, NH2, NHMe, NMe2 and NHAc. In a particular variation, R3 is hydrogen or OH.
  • In one particular variation of each of the above; R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated, mono-, bi- or tricyclic ring, or aromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amine (—NRa—) in the ring, wherein any ring comprising R4 and R5 is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 14 R6 groups; wherein each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C1-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, hetrocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, —NNRa, —OPO2Ra, or two R6 groups and the atom to which they are attached combined to form C═O or C═S, or wherein two R6 groups together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. In another variation, the ring comprising R4 and R5 and the atom to which they are attached is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentane, cyclohexane, piperidine, dihydro-pyridine, tetrahydro-pyridine, pyridine, piperazine, decaline, tetrahydro-pyrazine, dihydro-pyrazine, pyrazine, dihydro-pyrimidine, tetrahydro-pyrimidine, hexahydro-pyrimidine, pyrazine, imidazole, dihydro-imidazole, imidazolidine, pyrazole, dihydro-pyrazole, pyrazolidine, norbornane and adamantane, each unsubstituted or substituted.
  • In one particular variation of each of the above, R6 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, —ORa, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)—, RaC(═O)O—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)— and aryl, provided that when the ring comprising R4 and R5 contains a heteroatom that is O or S, the heteroatom is not substituted with R6. In another variation, R6 is selected from the group consisting of OH, OMe, methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, —CO2Ra, —CONRaRb, OAc, NH2, NHMe, NMe2, NHEt and N(Et)2, provided that when the ring comprising R4 and R5 contains a heteroatom that is O or S, the heteroatom is not substituted with R6. In yet another variation, R6 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, —CO2Ra, —CONRaRb and OAc, provided that when the ring comprising R4 and R5 contains a heteroatom, the heteroatom is not substituted with OAc. In yet another variation, R6 is selected from the group consisting of —(CH2)1-2ORa, —(CH2)1-2C(═O)ORa, —(CH2)1-2OC(═O)Ra, —(CH2)1-2C(═O)Ra, —(CH2)1-2OCO2Ra, —(CH2)1-2NHRa, —(CH2)12NRaRb, —(CH2)1-2C(═O)NHRa and —(CH2)1-2C(═O)NRaRb. In yet another variation, R6 is —CH2C(═O)ORa, —CH2C(═O)ORa, —CH2OH, —CH2OAc, —CH2NH(CH3) and —(CH2)1-2N(CH3)2. In another variation, the number of R6 groups substituted on the R4R5 ring is from 1 to 4.
  • In another variation, R7 and R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl-, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkylene-, mono-, bicyclic- or aromatic or nonaromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amine (—NRa—) in the ring, and each is optionally substituted with from 1, 2, 3 or 4 Ra groups. In yet another variation, R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl,3-pentyl, iso-propyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl and benzyl, or wherein R7 is hydrogen, methyl or sec-butyl. In another variation, R7 and R8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkylene, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkylene-; or wherein R7 and R8 together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle or heteroaromatic ring.
  • In one particular variation of each of the above, —NR7R8 is selected from the group consisting of amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, pentylamino, diphenylethylamino, pyridylmethylamino, diethylamino and benzylamino. In another variation, —NR7R8 is selected from the group consisting of amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino and benzylamino, or wherein —NR7R8 is amino.
  • In one particular variation of each of the above; Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl and (C1-C8)alkyl substituted with 1 to 3 (C1-C8)alkoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C1-C8)alkylthio, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkylene, heteroaryl, or heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkylene; or Ra and Rb together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring; Rc is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl; m is 0 to about 8 and p is 0 to 2; and Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5.
  • In another variation, R7 is selected from the group consisting of benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl and each is optionally substituted with from 1, 2 or 3 substituents of Ra. In a particular variation, R7 is selected from the group consisting of benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl and each is optionally substituted with from 1, 2 or 3 substituents of Ra selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, methoxy, ethoxy and propoxy; or wherein R7 is benzyl and Ra is methoxy.
  • In another aspect of the above, R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, —OH, —CH2OH, —OMe, —OAc, —NH2, —NHMe, —NMe2 and —NHAc; or wherein R9 is hydrogen or OH. In one variation, each R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocycle(C1-C8)alkylene-, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkylene-, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkylene-. In another variation, R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl and benzyl; or wherein R10 is hydrogen. In yet another variation of the above, R9 and R10 and the carbon atom to which they are attached is a C═O group.
  • In a variation of the above compound, Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C4)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkylene. In a particular variation, Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl and benzyl. In another variation, Ra is (C1-C8)alkyl. In yet another variation, Ra is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. In yet another variation, Ra is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, i-propyl, i-butyl and tert-butyl. In still another variation, Ra and Rb is a ring.
  • In one variation of each of the above, Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5, and is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00008

    wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, hetrocycle(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb), RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, RaS(═O)2—, —NNRa and —OPO2Ra; and each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C1-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, hetrocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, —NNRa and —OPO2Ra, provided that R6 is not halogen or a heteroatom when R6 is attached to a heteroatom.
  • In another variation, Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5 and is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00009

    wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, hetrocycle(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, RaS(═O)2—, —NNRa and —OPO2Ra; and each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C1-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, hetrocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, —OPO3Ra, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, —NNRa and —OPO2Ra.
  • In another variation, the ring comprising —C(R3)R4R5 is 2-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,2-diethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-tert-butylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-phenylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3,3-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4,4-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-tert-butylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-phenylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3,3,5,5-tetramethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,4-dimethylcyclopentan-1-yl, 4-(carboxyl)cyclohexan-1-yl, 4-(carboxymethyl)cyclohexan-1-yl and 4-(carboxyethyl)cyclohexan-1-yl. In yet another variation, the ring comprises —C(R3)R4R5 is piperidin-4-yl, 1-carboxypiperiden-4-yl, 1-(methoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl, 1-(ethoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl, 1-(n-propoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl, 1-(2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, 4-carboxypiperiden-1-yl, 4-(methoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, 4-(ethoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, 4-(n-propoxy)piperidine-1-yl, 4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, piperidin-3-yl, 1-carboxypiperidene-3-yl, 1-(methoxycarbonyl)piperidine-3-yl, 1-(ethoxycarbonyl)piperidine-3-yl, 1-(n-propoxycarbonyl)piperidine-3-yl, 1-(2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl)piperidine-3-yl, 3-carboxypiperidene-1-yl, 3-(methoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, 3-(ethoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, 3-(n-propoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, 3-(2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, piperazin-1-yl, 1-caboxypiperazin-4-yl, 1-(methoxycarbonyl)piperazin-4-yl, 1-(ethoxycarbonyl)piperazin-4-yl and 1-(n-propoxycarbonyl)piperazin-4-yl.
  • In another variation, the ring comprising —C(R3)R4R5 is selected from the group consisting of 2-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,2-diethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-tert-butylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2-phenylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3,3-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-methylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-ethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4,4-dimethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-tert-butylcyclohexan-1-yl, 4-phenylcyclohexan-1-yl, 3,3,5,5-tetramethylcyclohexan-1-yl, 2,4-dimethylcyclopentan-1-yl, 4-(carboxyl)cyclohexan-1-yl, 4-(carboxymethyl)cyclohexan-1-yl, 4-(carboxyethyl)cyclohexan-1-yl, piperidin-4-yl, 1-(methoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl, 1-(2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, 4-(methoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, 4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl, piperidin-3-yl, 1-(methoxycarbonyl)piperidine-3-yl, 1-(2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl)piperidine-3-yl, 3-(methoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl and 3-(2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl)piperidine-1-yl.
  • In a particular variation, Z is a mono-, bicyclic-, tricyclic- or aromatic or non-aromatic (C3-C20)cycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1-8 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— and amino (—NRa—). In one variation of the above, R1 and R2 are hydrogen, m is 0, 1, 2 or 3 and Z is selected from the group consisting of furan, dihydro-furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiophene, pyrrole, 2H-pyrrole, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, pyrrolidine, 1,3-dioxolane, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, dihydro-imidazole, 2-imidazoline, imidazolidine, pyrazole, 2-pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 2H-pyran, 1H-tetrazole, 4H-pyran, pyridine, dihydro-pyridine, tetrahydro-pyridine, piperidine, 1,4-dioxane, morpholine, 1,4-dithiane, thiomorpholine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, dihydro-pyrimidine, tetrahydro-pyrimidine, hexahydro-pyrimidine, pyrazine, dihydro-pyrazine, tetrahydro-pyrazine, piperazine, 1,3,5-triazine and 1,3,5-trithiane, wherein each Z group is optionally substituted with from 1 to 10 Ra groups. In another variation, Z is a mono-, bicyclic-, tricyclic- or aromatic or non-aromatic (C3-C20)cycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1-8 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— and amino (—NRa—).
  • In a particular variation, R1 and R2 are hydrogen, m is 0, 1, 2 or 3 and Z is selected from the group consisting of furan, dihydro-furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiophene, pyrrole, 2H-pyrrole, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, pyrrolidine, 1,3-dioxolane, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, dihydro-imidazole, 2-imidazoline, imidazolidine, pyrazole, 2-pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 2H-pyran, 1H-tetrazole, 4H-pyran, pyridine, dihydro-pyridine, tetrahydro-pyridine, piperidine, 1,4-dioxane, morpholine, 1,4-dithiane, thiomorpholine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, dihydro-pyrimidine, tetrahydro-pyrimidine, hexahydro-pyrimidine, pyrazine, dihydro-pyrazine, tetrahydro-pyrazine, piperazine, 1,3,5-triazine and 1,3,5-trithiane, wherein each Z group is optionally substituted with from 1 to 10 Ra groups.
  • In another aspect, there is provided a compound of the formula:
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00010

    wherein R7 and R8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C2-C4)alkyl, 3-pentyl, aryl(C2-C4)alkyl, heteroaryl(C2-C4)alkyl, each unsubstituted or substituted, R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or (C1-C4)alkyl; and R11 is selected from the group consisting of (C1-C4)alkyl, propargyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl, aryl(C1-C4)alkyl, heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl, heterocyclyl(C1-C4)alkyl, HO(C1-C4)alkyl, halo(C1-C4)alkyl, —COO(C1-C4)alkyl, (C1-C4)alkylCOO(C1-C4)alkyl, each unsubstituted or substituted; R13 is methyl, iso-propyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl; and R1, R2 and m are as defined herein; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
  • In another aspect, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of each of the above, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Some of the compounds of formulae I, II, and III may further form pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters. All of these forms are included within the scope of the present invention. Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of the compounds of formulae I, II, and III include salts which may be formed when acidic protons present in the parent compound are capable of reacting with inorganic or organic bases as known in the art. Acceptable inorganic bases, include for example, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and sodium-hydroxide. Salts may also be prepared using organic bases, such as choline, dicyclohexylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, procaine, N-methylglucamine, and the like [see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts,” J Pharma. Sci. 66:1 (1977)]. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds of formulae I, II, and III include salts which may be formed when the parent compound contains a basic group. Acid addition salts of the compounds may be prepared in a suitable solvent from the parent compound and an excess of a non-toxic inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid (giving the sulfate and bisulfate salts), nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, or a non-toxic organic acid such as aceticacid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, tert-butylacetic acid, laurylsulfuric acid, glucuronic acid, glutamic acid, and the like. The free base form may be regenerated by contacting the acid addition salt with a base and isolating the free base in the conventional manner. The free base forms can differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in certain physical properties such as solubility in polar solvents.
  • Also included in the above embodiments, aspects and variations are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, gluconate, and galacturonate. Some of the compounds of the invention may form inner salts or Zwitterions. Certain of the compounds of the present invention can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms, and are intended to be within the scope of the present invention. Certain of the above compounds may also exist in one or more solid or crystalline phases or polymorphs, the variable biological activities of such polymorphs or mixtures of such polymorphs are also included in the scope of this invention. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of this invention.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the compounds of this invention, or derivatives thereof, may be formulated as solutions or lyophilized powders for parenteral administration. Powders may be reconstituted by addition of a suitable diluent or other pharmaceutically acceptable carrier prior to use. The liquid formulation is generally a buffered, isotonic, aqueous solution. Examples of suitable diluents are normal isotonic saline solution, 5% dextrose in water or buffered sodium or ammonium acetate solution. Such formulations are especially suitable for parenteral administration but may also be used for oral administration. Excipients, such as polyvinylpyrrolidinone, gelatin, hydroxycellulose, acacia, polyethylene glycol, mannitol, sodium chloride, or sodium citrate, may also be added. Alternatively, these compounds may be encapsulated, tableted, or prepared in an emulsion or syrup for oral administration. Pharmaceutically acceptable solid or liquid carriers may be added to enhance or stabilize the composition, or to facilitate preparation of the composition. Liquid carriers include syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, glycerin, saline, alcohols, or water. Solid carriers include starch, lactose, calcium sulfate, dihydrate, terra alba, magnesium stearate or stearic acid, talc, pectin, acacia, agar, or gelatin. The carrier may also include a sustained release material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or with a wax. The amount of solid carrier varies but, preferably, will be between about 20 mg to about 1 g per dosage unit. The pharmaceutical preparations are made following the conventional techniques of pharmacy involving milling, mixing, granulation, and compressing, when necessary, for tablet forms; or milling, mixing, and filling for hard gelatin capsule forms. When a liquid carrier is used, the preparation will be in the form of a syrup, elixir, emulsion, or an aqueous or non-aqueous suspension. Such a liquid formulation may be administered directly p.o. or filled into a soft gelatin capsule. Suitable formulations for each of these methods of administration may be found in, for example, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, A. Gennaro, ed., 20th edition, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, Pa.
  • In one variation, there is provided the above compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof. In one aspect, there is provided a method for stimulating motor activity without dyskinesia in a mammal, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of an A2A anatagonist compound of the above to the mammal in need of such treatment. In one variation of the above method, the therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat ischemia, brain damage induced by ischemia and excitoxicity, Huntington disease, catalepsy, cancer, drug addiction and withdrawal, Parkinson's disease (drug induced, post-encephalitic, poison induced or post-traumatic induced), acute or chronic pain, narcolepsy and Alzheimert's disease. In another variation of the above, the therapeutically effective amount is effective to stimulate motor activity for treating a movement disorder, where the disorder is progressive supemuclear palsy, Huntington's disease, multiple system atrophy, corticobasal degeneration, Wilsons disease, Hallerrorden-Spatz disease, progressive pallidal atrophy, Dopa-responsive dystonia-Parkinsonism, spasticity or other disorders of the basal ganglia which result in dyskinesias. In another variation of the above, the compound is used in combination with one or more additional drugs in the treatment of movement disorders (i.e. L-DOPA or dopamine agonist), addiction, or cancer with the components being in the same formulation or in a separate formulation for administration simultaneously or sequentially. In yet another variation of the method, the therapeutically effective amount is effective to provide neuroprotection and slow or halt the degeneration of dopaminergic neurons. In yet another variation, the therapeutically effective amount is effective to enhance the immune response by increasing the activity of an immune cell in a mammal. In one variation, the activity is pro-inflammatory cytokine production. In another variation, the activity of the immune cell results in an increase in inflammation. In yet another variation of the above method, the mammal is human.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, there is provided a method for stimulating motor activity without dyskinesia in a mammal, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of an A2A antagonist compound of the above to the mammal in need of such treatment. In one variation of the above embodiment, there is provided a method as described above wherein the A2A antagonist is selected from a compound of each of the above embodiments, aspects and variations.
  • In another embodiment, there is provided a method to evaluate novel A2A antagonists in four mouse models of PD. These include: A) motor function in normal and dopamine-depleted mice; B) synergistic activity with L-dopa to stimulate motor activity in dopamine-depleted mice; C) attenuation MPTP-induced neurotoxicity by inhibiting MPTP metabolism; and D) delayed L-dopa-induced locomotor sensitization in unilateral 6-OHDA-lesioned mice.
  • In another embodiment, there is provided a method comprising contacting a compound of each of the above formula with an isotope such as those from hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, or iodine (e.g. 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, 36Cl, 123I, 125I) optionally being a radioactive isotope (radionuclide), such as, for example, tritium, radioactive iodine (for example, 125I for binding assays or 123I for Spect Imaging) or other non-radioactive isotope (such as deuterium) and the like. Isotopically labeled compounds may be useful for drug/tissue distribution assays and/or manipulating oxidative metabolism via the primary kinetic isotope effect. They are also valuable in identifying potential therapeutic agents for the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with target-receptor mediation, by contacting said agents with said radioligands and receptors, and measuring the extent of displacement of the radioligand and/or binding of the agent. Representative references for Deuterium-for hydrogen substitution include Hanzlik et al., J. Org. Chem. 55, 3992-3997, 1990; Reider et al., J. Org. Chem. 52, 3326-3334, 1987; Foster, Adv. Drug Res. 14 1-40, 1985; Gillette et al., Biochemistry 33(10) 2927-2937, 1994; and Jarman et al. Carcinogenesis 16(4) 683-688, 1993, the references of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. The use of radiolabelled compounds that may be detected using imaging techniques, such as, for instance, Single Photon Emission Computerized Tomography (SPECT) or Positron Emission Tomography (PET) and the like, are known in the art. See for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,395,742; 6,472,667 and references cited therein.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows locomotors stimulant activity of A2AAR antagonists injected into mice.
  • FIG. 2 sows the effect of A2A AR gene deletion on locomotor effect of ATL-2.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Definitions:
  • Unless specifically noted otherwise herein, the definitions of the terms used are standard definitions used in the art of organic synthesis and pharmaceutical sciences.
  • Where a carbonyl group or a carbonyl derivative such as a thio carbonyl or an imine and the like, is represented by a group such as —C(═O)O— or —C(═O)NRa—, for example, it is intended that the corresponding isomeric group that is —OC(═O)— or —NRaC(═O)— is also included.
  • An “alkyl” group is a straight, branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic group having a chain of carbon atoms, optionally with oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms inserted between the carbon atoms in the chain or as indicated. A (C1-C20)alkyl, for example, includes alkyl groups that have a chain of between 1 and 20 carbon atoms, and include, for example, the groups methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1,3-butadienyl, penta-1,3-dienyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, hexa-1,3-dienyl, hexa-1,3,5-trienyl, and the like. An alkyl group may also be represented, for example, as a —(CR1R2)m— group where R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen or are independently absent, and for example, m is 1 to 8, and such representation is also intended to cover both saturated and unsaturated alkyl groups. An alkyl as noted with another group such as an aryl group, represented as “arylalkyl” for example, is intended to be a straight, branched, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic divalent group with the number of atoms indicated in the alkyl group (as in (C1-C20)alkyl, for example) and/or aryl group (as in (C5-C14)aryl, for example) or when no atoms are indicated means a bond between the aryl and the alkyl group. Nonexclusive examples of such group include benzyl, phenethyl and the like.
  • An “alkylene” group is a straight, branched, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic divalent group with the number of atoms indicated in the alkyl group (as in —(C1-C20)alkylene- or —(C1-C20)alkylenyl-, for example), optionally with one or more oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms inserted (or “interrupted”) between the carbon atoms in the chain or as indicated.
  • A “cyclyl” such as a monocyclyl or polycyclyl group includes monocyclic, or linearly fused, angularly fused or bridged polycycloalkyl, or combinations thereof. Such cyclyl group is intended to include the heterocyclyl analogs. A cyclyl group may be saturated, partically saturated or aromatic.
  • “Halogen” or “halo” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • A “heterocyclyl” or “heterocycle” is a cycloalkyl wherein one or more of the atoms forming the ring is a heteroatom that is a N, O, or S. Non-exclusive examples of heterocyclyl include piperidyl, 4-morpholyl, 4-piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,4-diazaperhydroepinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, and the like.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” means salt compositions that is generally considered to have the desired pharmacological activity, is considered to be safe, non-toxic and is acceptable for veterinary and human pharmaceutical applications. Such salts include acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, citric acid, gluconic acid, salicylic acid and the like.
  • “Substituted or unsubstituted” means that a group such as, for example, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, (C1-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, hetrocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, the mono-, bi- or polycyclic rings that define the Z group, and the like, unless specifically noted otherwise, may be unsubstituted or, may substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substitutents selected from the group such as halo, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, methoxy, carboxy, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —SMe, propargyl, cyano, —NNH, —NNCH3, —OPO2H, —OPO2CH3, —S(SO2)H, —S(SO2)OH, —S(SO2)CH3 and —S(SO2)OCH3, and the like.
  • Representative A2AAR Antagonists:
    TABLE 1
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00011
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00012
    Binding Affinity and Selectivity of A2AAR Ligandsa
    Ki, nM
    ATL # R12 R7 (CR1R2)m-Z A1AR A2AAR A2BAR A3AR
    Antagonists
    11 A 3-P Me 172 (1.3) 137 20% 30%
    17 A 3-P Proparg 11 (2) 5 147 (29) 188 (38)
    2 A NH2 Proparg 4.6 (5) 0.95 50 (11) 599 (630)
    3 A NH2 cPent 368 (37) 10 357 (36) 633 (63)
    51 B NH2 Proparg 25 (16) 1.6 155 (97) >650 (>400)
    50 B NH2 cPent >325 (>27) 12 40% 40%

    aAbbreviations: 3-P, 3-pentyl; Me, methyl; Proparg, prop-2-ynyl; cPent, cyclopentyl.

    Numbers in parentheses are selectivity ratios vs. the A2AAR.

    Activities expressed as percentage are displacement of radioligand by 1 μM candidate ligand.

    Motor Enhancement by the Lipophilic A2A Receptor Antagonist ATL-2 in Normal Mice
  • The ability of compounds to stimulate motor activity in normal mice was measured using a simple, computer-assisted locomotor activity cage system. C57BL/6 mice (n=6-8 purchased from the Jackson's lab) were habituated for the testing environment for 120 minute prior to drug treatment. The test compounds were dissolved in vehicle (10% DMSO, 10% castrol oil EL-620 and 80% saline). The drug was administrated intraperitoneally at a dose of 15 mg/kg, and locomotor activity was recorded for 2 hours before and after drug administration.
  • FIG. 1 shows that ATL-2 produced strong motor stimulation, reaching peak within 20 minutes and lasting for about 60 minutes (arrow marks the injection). From our previous experience with other A2AR antagonists, the motor stimulant effect of ATL2 is comparable or stronger than other A2AR antagonists such as SCH58261 and KW6002.
  • Absence of Motor Stimulant Effect of ATL-2 in Mice Lacking the A2A Receptor
  • We validated that ATL-2 acts on the A2A receptor to stimulate motor activity by using A2AR KO mice (in both mixed (129sv X C57BL/6) as well as congenic (C57BL/6 genetic background) developed over the last several years. We evaluated the motor stimulant effect of ATL-2 in A2A receptor KO and their WT littermates. WT and A2A KO mice (n=4) were habituated for 60 minutes and treated with ATL-2 (15 mg/kg) and recorded for motor activity for 120 minutes.
  • FIG. 2 shows that ATL-2 produced motor activity in WT mice (relatively high basal locomotion is likely due to short habituation time (60 minute instead of 120 minutes) and demonstrates relatively higher basal locomotion in WT compared to KO mice as we noted previously,35 but this motor stimulation was absent in A2A receptor KO mice.
  • Experimental
  • Synthesis of A2AAR Antagonists
  • The following procedures may be employed for the preparation of the compounds of the present invention. The starting materials and reagents used in preparing these compounds are either available from commercial suppliers such as the Aldrich Chemical Company (Milwaukee, Wis.), Bachem (Torrance, Calif.), Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.), or are prepared by methods well known to a person of ordinary skill in the art, following procedures described in such references as Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, vols. 1-17, John Wiley and Sons, New York, N.Y., 1991; Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, vols. 1-5 and supps., Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989; Organic Reactions, vols. 1-40, John Wiley and Sons, New York, N.Y., 1991; March J: Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, N.Y.; and Larock: Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, New York, 1989. In some cases, protective groups may be introduced and finally removed. Suitable protective groups for amino, hydroxy, and carboxy groups are described in Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1991. Standard organic chemical reactions can be achieved by using a number of different reagents, for examples, as described in Larock: Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, New York, 1989.
  • In one variation, the compounds of this invention can be synthesized by the steps outlined in Scheme 1. Guanosine, A′, is acetylated to protect the ribose during reductive chlorination by POCl3/diethylaniline to form 6-chloroguanosine, C′. Non-aqueous diazotization in the presence of elemental iodine in diiodomethane is a standard route to the protected 6-chloro-2-iodonebularine, D′. Heating in methanolic ammonia deprotects the sugar and displaces the 6-chloro substituent to form 2-iodoadenosine, E′. Palladium-catalyzed coupling of E′ with a terminal alkyne generates 2-alkynyladenosine F′, which undergoes acid hydrolysis to form 9H-adenine G′. Alkylation with an appropriate halide (alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclic) completes the synthesis of target 2,9-disubstituted adenine H′.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00013
  • Preparation of the terminal alkynes (S)-1-ethynyl-1-hydroxy-(R)-3-methylcyclohexane and 2-ethynyladamantan-2-ol is achieved by treatment of the corresponding ketone with ethynylmagnesium bromide.
  • Preparation of the Substituted Piperidine-Carboxylate Terminal Alkynes (Scheme 2) starts with 4-carboxypiperidine (isonipecotic acid) I′ in anticipation of acylating the methyl ester, J′, with the appropriate alkyl chloroformate to form the N-carbamoyl ester K′. Borohydride reduction of the ester generates the 4-hydroxymethylpiperidine, L′, which undergoes tosylation to M′ in preparation for condensation with lithium acetylide to form terminal alkyne N′.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00014
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00015
  • Scheme 3: Representative Processes for the Preparation of A2a Antagonists and Examples of A2a Antagonists:
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00016
    Compound No. R7 R8 (CR1R2)m-Z Human Ki (nM)
    1 H H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00017
    ++++
    2 H H Propargyl ++++
    3 H H Cyclopentyl ++++
    4 H H —CH2CN ++++
    5 H H 4-Methoxybenzyl ++++
    6 H H 3,4-Dichlorobenzyl ++++
    7 H H 4- ++++
    (Trifluoromethyl)benzyl
    8 H H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00018
    ++++
    9 H H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00019
    ++++
    10 H H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00020
    +++
    11 Pent-3-yl H —CH3 +++
    12 Pent-3-yl H —CH2CH2CH3 ++++
    13 Pent-3-yl H Iso-propyl +++
    14 Pent-3-yl H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00021
    ++++
    15 Pent-3-yl H Cyclopentyl ++++
    16 Pent-3-yl H Allyl ++++
    17 Pent-3-yl H Propargyl ++++
    18 Pent-3-yl H —(CH2)3C≡CH ++++
    19 Pent-3-yl H —CH2CH2OH ++++
    20 Pent-3-yl H —CH2CH2CH2OH +++
    21 Pent-3-yl H —CH2CH2Cl
    22 Pent-3-yl H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00022
    +++
    23 Pent-3-yl H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00023
    24 Pent-3-yl H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00024
    25 Pent-3-yl H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00025
    +++
    26 Pent-3-yl H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00026
    27 Pent-3-yl H Benzyl ++++
    28 Pent-3-yl H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00027
    ++++
    29 Pent-3-yl H 4-Nitrobenzyl
    30 Pent-3-yl H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00028
    ++++
    31 Pent-3-yl H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00029
    32
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00030
    H Propargyl ++++
    33
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00031
    H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00032
    ++++
    34
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00033
    H —CH3 +++
    35
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00034
    H Propargyl +++
    36 3-Methoxybenzyl H Propargyl ++++
    37
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00035
    H Propargyl ++++
    38
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00036
    —CH3 Propargyl

    +Ki < 10,000 nM;

    ++Ki < 1,000 nM;

    +++Ki < 500 nM;

    ++++Ki < 100 nM.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00037
    Compound No. R7 (CR1R2)m-Z Human Ki (nM)
    39 H —CH3 ++++
    40 H —CH2CH3 ++++
    41 H —CH2CH2CH3 ++++
    42 H —(CH2)5CH3 ++
    43 H —(CH2)8CH3
    44 H Iso-propyl +++
    45 H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00038
    ++++
    46 H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00039
    ++++
    47 H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00040
    +++
    48 H
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00041
    49 H Cyclobutyl ++++
    50 H Cyclopentyl ++++
    51 H Propargyl ++++
    52 H —CH2CH2OH +++
    53 H —CH2CH2CH2OH +++
    62 H But-3-ynyl ++++

    +Ki < 10,000 nM;

    ++Ki < 1,000 nM;

    +++Ki < 500 nM;

    ++++Ki < 100 nM.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00042
    Compound No. (CR9R10)n-Y (CR1R2)m-Z Human Ki (nM)
    60
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00043
    Propargyl ++++
    61
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00044
    Propargyl ++++
    63
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00045
    Propargyl ++++

    +Ki < 10,000 nM;

    ++Ki < 1,000 nM;

    +++Ki < 500 nM;

    ++++Ki < 100 nM.

    Synthesis:
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00046
  • (S)-1,1-Ethynyl-hydroxy-(R)-3-methylcyclohexane. A solution of 0.5 M ethynylmagnesium bromide in THF (150.0 mL, 0.0750 mol) was added to an ice cold solution of (R)-(+)-3-methylcyclohexanone (2.77 g, 0.02469 mol) in anhydrous THF (100 mL). The ice bath was removed and the mixture stirred at room temperature 24 h. The mixture was cooled over ice and quenched with water (15.0 mL). The volume of THF was reduced to approximately 50 mL and the mixture filtered through a bed of celite/sand, washing with ether. The solution is then evaporated to dryness and the crude purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of hexanes to hexanes/ethyl acetate (10%) to afford the pure product as a white crystalline solid: yield 1.412 g, 41%. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 0.73-0.95, 1.10-1.19, 1.35-1.45, 1.51-1.84, 1.93-2.03 (5×m, 9H, cyclohexyl), 0.93 (d, 3H, —CH3), 2.48 (s, 1H, alkyne).
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00047
  • 2-Ethynyl-adamantan-2-ol. A solution of 0.5 M ethynylmagnesium bromide in THF (400.0 mL, 0.2000 mol) was added to an ice cold solution of 2-adamantone (7.706 g, 0.05130 mol) in anhydrous THF (250 mL). The mixture was stirred over ice 0.5 h and then at room temperature 21 h. The volume was reduced to half and the solution cooled over ice. The reaction was quenched with water (5.0 mL), filtered through a bed of celite/sand and evaporated to dryness. The crude was taken up in ether (400 mL) and washed with water (2×40 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated to dryness to afford the pure product as a crystalline white solid: yield 8.961 g, 99%. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.54-1.61, 1.68-1.72, 1.76-1.99, 2.11-2.21 (4×m, 14H, adamantly), 2.53 (s, 1H, alkyne).
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00048
  • Representative procedure for N6-amino substitution: 2-Iodoadenosine. A suspension of 6-chloro-2-iodo-9-(2′,3′,5′-O-triacetylfuranosyl)-9H-purine (14.70 g, 0.02729 mol) in MeOH (300 mL) was cooled over an ice bath. Ammonia gas was then bubbled through the mixture until it was saturated. The reaction vessel was sealed and heated at 40° C. for 18 h and at 60° C. for 5 days. The mixture was cooled over ice and nitrogen gas bubbled through the solution, the mixture being allowed to warm to room temperature. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure and the crude recrystallized from water containing 3-4 drops of glacial acetic acid. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with water and ether to afford a white solid: yield 7.167 g, 67%.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00049
  • Representative procedure for N6-alkylamino substitution: 2-Iodo-6-(3-pentyl)adenosine. 6-chloro-2-iodo-9-(2′,3′,5′-O-triacetylfuranosyl)-9H-purine (6.723 g, 0.01248 mol), 3-aminopentane (1.673 mL, 0.01436 mol) and diisopropylethylamine (2.725 mL, 0.01560 mol) were stirred in denatured ethanol (150 mL) at 90° C. in a pressure apparatus for 21 h. The reaction was then cooled over ice and ammonia gas bubbled through the mixture until it was saturated. The reaction vessel was closed and the mixture stirred at room temperature 21 h. The mixture was cooled over ice and nitrogen gas bubbled through the solution, the mixture being allowed to warm to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM/MeOH (0-4%) to afford the pure product as an off white solid: yield 4.838 g, 84%.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00050
  • Representative procedure for C2 coupling: 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenosine. To a solution of 2-iodoadenosine (3.105 g, 7.898 mmol) in freshly degassed acetonitrile/DMF (100 mL, 1:1) was added degassed triethylamine (11.0 mL, 78.9 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (113 mg, 0.09779 mmol), CuI (catalytic), and 2,2-ethynyl-hydroxy-adamantanyl (1.516 g, 8.601 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under and inert atmosphere for 71 h. Silica bound Pd(II) scavenger Si-thiol (561 mg) and Pd(0) scavenger Si-TAAcOH (541 mg) were added and stirring continued a further 4.5 h. The suspension was filtered through celite and the resulting solution evaporated to dryness. The crude was purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM/MeOH (0-15%) to afford the pure product as a white solid: yield 3.476 g, 100%.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00051
  • Representative procedure for ribose cleavage: 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine. A solution of 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenosine (3.486 g, 7.896 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) and 1.0 M HCl (10.0 mL) was stirred at 90° C. in a pressure apparatus for 18-50 h. The pH was adjusted to 4.2 with 5.0 M NaOH and the volume was reduced to half under reduced pressure. After cooling the resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with methanol to afford the pure product as a white solid: yield 2.153 g, 88%. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.25 (br s, 2H), 5.56 (s, 1H), 2.18-2.09, 1.94-1.89, 1.82-1.64, 1.52-1.45 (4×m, 12H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 310.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00052
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N-6-(3-pentyl)adenine. Using the representative procedure for ribose cleavage above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N-6-(3-pentyl)adenosine (1.03 g) gave the product as a white solid: yield 0.725 g, 98%. LRMS ESI (M+H+) 342.2.
  • Synthesis of C2, N9-Adenines:
  • Representative procedure for N9-alkylation using an appropriate alkyl halide:
  • An appropriate 9-unsubstituted adenine (1.649 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (80 mL). Anhydrous potassium carbonate (358 mg, 2.590 mmol) and an appropriate alkyl halide (3.295 mmol) were added and the mix stirred at between 25-100° C. for 5-100 h. The reaction mixture was adhered to silica and purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM/MeOH (0-10%) to afford the pure product.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00053
  • 9-Cyclopropylmethyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (1). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (29 mg) gave 1 as a white solid: yield 19 mg, 55%. 1H NMR (CD 30D) δ 8.21 (s, 1H), 4.06 (d, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.13-2.05, 1.94-1.66, 1.49-1.28, 0.92-0.80, 0.66-0.59, 0.49-0.44 (6×m, 14H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz), 0.96 (d, 2H, J=6.6 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 326.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00054
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-propargyladenine (2). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (112 mg) gave 2 as an off white solid: yield 88 mg, 69%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.23 (s, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 2.98 (t, 1H, J=2.6 Hz), 2.13-2.05, 1.94-1.65, 1.49-1.38, 0.91-0.80, (4×m, 7H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz), 0.95 (d, 2H, J=6.6 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 310.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00055
  • 9-Cyclopentyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (3). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (34 mg) gave 3 as a white solid: yield 21 mg, 50%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.21 (s, 1H), 4.91 (tt, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 2.31-2.19, 2.13-1.65, 1.49-1.38, 0.92-0.79 (4×m, 17H), 1.15 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz), 0.96 (d, 2H, J=6.6 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 340.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00056
  • 9-Acetonitrile-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (4). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (43 mg) gave 4 as a white solid: yield 25 mg, 51%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ8.20 (s, 1H), 5.35 (s, 1H), 2.33-2.05, 1.93-1.66, 1.49-1.38, 0.92-0.80 (4×m, 9H), 1.18 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz), 0.96 (d, 2H, J=6.6 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 311.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00057
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(4-methoxybenzyl)adenine (5). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (24 mg) gave 5 as a white solid: yield 29 mg, 84%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.26 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 6.88 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 5.32 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.05, 1.92-1.66, 1.49-1.38, 0.92-0.80 (4×m, 9H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz), 0.95 (d, 2H, J=6.6 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 392.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00058
  • 9-(3,4-Dichlorobenzyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (6). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (26 mg) gave 6 as a white solid: yield 28 mg, 68%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 7.48 (d, 1H, J=8.3 Hz), 7.19 (dd, 1H, J=2.1 Hz, J=8.3 Hz), 5.40 (s, 2H), 2.11-2.04, 1.92-1.64, 1.48-1.37, 0.92-0.79 (4×m, 9H), 1.16 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz), 0.94 (d, 2H, J=6.6 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 430.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00059
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(4-trifluoromethylbenzyl)adenine (7). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (30 mg) gave 7 as a white solid: yield 33 mg, 70%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.44 (d, 2H, J=8.1 Hz), 5.52 (s, 2H), 2.10-2.03, 1.90-1.63, 1.47-1.36, 0.90-0.78 (4×m, 9H), 1.15 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz), 0.93 (d, 2H, J=6.6 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 430.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00060
  • 9-(3,5-Dimethyl-isoxazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (8). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (32 mg) gave 8 as a white solid: yield 36 mg, 80%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.11-2.03, 1.92-1.65, 1.49-1.38, 0.92-0.81 (4×m, 9H), 1.18 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz), 0.96 (d, 2H, J=6.6 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 381.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00061
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-[2-(trifluoromethylphenyl)thiazol-4-ylmethyl]adenine (9). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (26 mg) gave 9 as a white solid: yield 30 mg, 61%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.74 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz), 7.55 (s, 1H), 5.58 (s, 2H), 2.12-2.04, 1.91-1.64, 1.48-1.37, 0.91-0.78 (4×m, 9H), 1.16 (t, 1H, J=12.4 Hz), 0.94 (d, 2H, J=6.6 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 513.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00062
  • 2-{2-[Hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(3-(thiophen-2-yl)prop-2-ynyl)adenine (10). To a solution of 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-propargyladenine (30 mg, 0.09697 mmol) in freshly degassed acetonitrile/DMF (15 mL, 2:1) was added degassed triethylamine (1.0 mL, 7.0175 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (30 mg, 0.02596 mmol), CuI (catalytic), and 98+% 2-bromothiophene (13.7 μL, 0.1161 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under and inert atmosphere for 28 h. Silica bound Pd(II) scavenger Si-thiol (240 mg) and Pd(0) scavenger Si-TAAcOH (155 mg) were added and stirring continued a further 72 h. The suspension was filtered through celite and the resulting solution evaporated to dryness. The crude was purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM/MeOH (0-6%) to afford the impure product (27 mg). The product was further purified by reverse phase column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of H2O/MeOH (50-75%) to afford the pure product 10 as a white solid: yield 8.5 mg, 22%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.41(dd, 1H, J=1.1 Hz, J=5.3 Hz), 7.25 (dd, 2H, J=1.1 Hz, J=3.5 Hz), 6.99 (dd, 1H, J=3.7 Hz, J=5.0 Hz), 5.29 (s, 2H), 2.14-2.05, 1.94-1.65, 1.49-1.37, 0.99-0.79 (4×m, 12H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 392.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00063
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-methyl-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (11). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (20 mg) gave 11 as a white solid: yield 9 mg, 43%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.02 (s, 1H), 4.23 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.06, 1.96-1.38, 0.99-0.80 (3×m, 20H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 356.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00064
  • 2-{2-[1 (S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)-9-propyladenine (12). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (29 mg) gave 12 as a white solid: yield 26 mg, 80%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 4.28-4.13 (m, 3H), 2.15-2.06, 1.95-1.38, 0.99-0.80 (3×m, 26H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 384.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00065
  • 9-Isobutyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (13). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (27 mg) gave 13 as a white solid: yield 23 mg, 73%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 4.01 (d, 2H, J=7.4 Hz), 2.21 (septet, 1H, J=6.8 Hz), 2.12-2.05, 1.96-1.38, 0.98-0.81 (3×m, 27H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 398.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00066
  • 9-Cyclopropylmethyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (14). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (30 mg) gave 14 as a white solid: yield 17 mg, 57%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 4.05 (d, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.14-2.05, 1.96-1.28, 0.98-0.79 (3×m, 22H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz), 0.65-0.58 (m, 2H), 0.48-0.44 (m, 2H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 396.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00067
  • 9-Cyclopentyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (15). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (37 mg) gave 15 as a white solid: yield 29 mg, 65%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 4.91 (tt, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.21 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.17, 2.14-1.35, 0.98-0.79 (3×m, 29H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 410.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00068
  • 9-Allyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (16). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (33 mg) gave 16 as a white solid: yield 26 mg, 71%. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.77 (br s, 1H), 6.09-5.95 (m, 1H), 5.34-5.20 (m, 2H), 4.79 (dt, 2H, J=5.8 Hz, J=1.5 Hz), 4.28 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.11, 1.96-1.42, 0.96-0.78 (3×m, 21H), 1.23 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 382.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00069
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)-9-(propargyl)adenine (17). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (134 mg) gave 17 as a white solid: yield 79 mg, 53%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.17 (s, 1H), 5.03 (d, 2H, J=2.6 Hz), 4.22 (m, 1H), 2.97 (t, 1H, J=2.6), 2.14-2.06, 1.95-1.38, 0.98-0.80 (3×m, 21H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.4 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 380.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00070
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)-9-(pent-4-yne)adenine (18). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (35 mg) gave 18 as a white solid: yield 31 mg, 74%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 4.32 (t, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.21 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.19, 2.14-2.00, 1.95-1.38, 1.00-0.79 (4×m, 21H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 408.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00071
  • 9-(2-Hydroxyethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (19). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (103 mg) gave 19 as a white solid: yield 60 mg, 52%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 4.30 (t, 2H, J=5.1 Hz), 4.22 (m, 1H), 3.86 (t, 2H, J=5.1 Hz), 2.14-2.05, 1.95-1.38, 0.99-0.80 (3×m, 21H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 386.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00072
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(3-hydroxypropyl)-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (20). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (59 mg) gave 20 as a white solid: yield 35 mg, 51%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.11 (s, 1H), 4.32 (t, 2H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.20 (m, 1H), 3.56 (t, 2H, J=5.9 Hz), 2.14-2.00, 1.93-1.38, 0.99-0.80 (3×m, 23H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 400.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00073
  • 9-(2-Chloroethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (21). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (38 mg) gave 21 as a white solid: yield 28 mg, 62%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.11 (s, 1H), 4.55 (t, 2H, J=5.7 Hz), 4.22 (m, 1H), 3.96 (t, 2H, J=5.7 Hz), 2.14-2.05, 1.94-1.38, 0.99-0.79 (3×m, 21H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.1 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 404.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00074
  • 9-([1,3]-Dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (22). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (37 mg) gave 22 as a white solid: yield 32 mg, 69%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 5.20 (t, 1H, J=3.3 Hz), 4.40 (d, 2H, J=3.3 Hz), 4.21 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.76 (m, 4H), 2.14-2.06, 1.92-1.38, 0.98-0.79 (3×m, 21H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 428.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00075
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)-9-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-ylmethyl)adenine (23). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (32 mg) gave 23 as a white solid: yield 27 mg, 66%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.01 (s, 1H), 4.31-4.07 (m, 3H), 3.96-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.06, 1.95-1.38, 1.31-1.12, 0.99-0.80 (4×m, 28H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 440.4.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00076
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)-9-(isopropylcarboxylate)adenine (24). A 1.0 M solution of isopropyl chloroformate in toluene (150 μL, 0.1500 mmol) was added to an ice cold solution of 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (34 mg) in anhydrous pyridine (2.0 mL). After stirring over ice 1.5 h the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM/MeOH (0-5%) to afford the pure product 24 as an off white solid: yield 18 mg, 42%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.44 (s, 1H), 5.29 (septet, 1H, J=6.4, J=6.2 Hz), 4.21 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.05, 1.97-1.37, 1.00-0.79 (3×m, 27H), 1.16 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 427.9.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00077
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00078
  • 9-(Acetic acid ethyl ester)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (25). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (38 mg) gave 25 as a white solid: yield 9 mg, 19%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.24 (br q, 3H, J=7.0, 7.3 Hz), 2.15-2.05, 1.95-1.37, 1.05-0.79 (3×m, 22H), 1.29 (t, 3H, J=7.0, 7.3 Hz), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 428.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00079
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(2-oxo-oxazolidin-5-ylmethyl)-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (26). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (56 mg) gave 26 as a white solid: yield 43 mg, 60%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.09 (s, 1H), 5.04 (m, 1H), 4.52 (d, 2H, J=4.8 Hz), 4.21 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.39 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.04, 1.95-1.38, 0.99-0.79 (3×m, 21H), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 441.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00080
  • 9-Benzyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (27). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (37 mg) gave 27 as a white solid: yield 31 mg, 66%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.25 (m, 5H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.05, 1.95-1.37, 0.99-0.79 (3×m, 21H), 1.16 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 432.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00081
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)-9-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)adenine (28). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (34 mg) gave 28 as a white solid: yield 8 mg, 19%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.57 (m, 1H), 8.48 (m, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 5.49 (s, 2H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.04, 1.93-1.37, 0.99-0.79 (3×m, 21H), 1.16 (t, 1H, J=12.3 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 433.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00082
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(4-nitrobenzyl)-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (29). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (33 mg) gave 29 as a white solid: yield 36 mg, 78%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.19 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 5.55 (s, 2H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.02, 1.92-1.36, 1.00-0.78 (3×m, 211H), 1.15 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 477.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00083
  • 9-(3,5-Dimethyl-isoxazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (30). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (50 mg) gave 30 as a white crystalline solid: yield 50 mg, 76%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 4.19 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.13-2.04, 1.94-1.38, 0.99-0.80 (3×m, 21H), 1.18 (t, 1H, J=12.1 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 451.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00084
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(2-methyl-thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (31). 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (56 mg, 0.1640 mmol) and 4-chloromethyl-2-methylthiazole hydrochloride (127 mg, 0.6899 mmol) were stirred in DMF (8 mL) at 150° C. for 22 h. The reaction mixture was adhered to silica and purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM/MeOH (0-6%) to afford pure 31 as an off white solid: yield 2 mg, 3%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 5.44 (s, 2H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.05, 1.94-1.37, 0.99-0.80 (3×m, 21H), 1.18 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 453.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00085
  • N6-[(S)-(+)-sec-Butyl]-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-propargyl-adenine (32). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above N6-[(S)-(+)-sec-butyl]-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (29 mg) gave 32 as a white solid: yield 20 mg, 62%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.17 (s, 1H), 5.03 (d, 2H, J=2.6 Hz), 4.32 (m, 1H), 2.97 (t, 1H, J=2.6 Hz), 2.14-2.06, 1.95-1.58, 1.49-1.38, 1.00-0.79 (4×m, 16H), 1.25 (d, 3H, J=6.4 Hz), 1.17 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 366.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00086
  • N6-[(s)-(+)-sec-Butyl]-9-(3,5-dimethyl-isoxazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (33). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above N6-[(S)-(+)-sec-butyl]-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (42 mg) gave 33 as a white solid: yield 31 mg, 55%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 4.29 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.04, 1.95-1.57, 1.49-1.38, 0.99-0.82 (4×m, 16H), 1.24 (d, 3H, J=6.4 Hz), 1.18 (t, 1H, J=12.2 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 437.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00087
  • N6-(2-Diphenylethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-methyladenine (34). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above N6-(2-diphenylethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (14 mg) gave 34 as a white solid: yield 5 mg, 35%. LRMS ESI (M+H+) 466.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00088
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-[(s)-(−)-alpha-napthalen-1-yl-ethyl]-9-(propargyl)adenine (35). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-[(S)-(−)-alpha-napthalen-1-yl-ethyl]adenine (29 mg) gave 35 as a white solid: yield 22 mg, 70%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.23 (m, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.88-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.76 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.64 (d, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 7.53-7.40 (m, 3H), 6.33 (br s, 1H), 5.00 (d, 2H, J=2.6 Hz), 2.96 (t, 1H, J=2.6 Hz), 2.08-1.99, 1.87-1.59, 1.45-1.33, 1.18-1.08, 0.95-0.70 (5×m, 12H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 464.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00089
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-methoxybenzyl)-9-(propargyl)adenine (36). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-methoxybenzyl)adenine (48 mg) gave 36 as a white solid: yield 40 mg, 76%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.96-6.90 (m, 2H), 6.77 (m, 1H), 5.01 (d, 2H, J=2.6 Hz), 4.75 (br s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.97 (t, 1H, J=2.6 Hz), 2.13-2.04, 1.94-1.64, 1.48-1.37, 1.21-1.11, 0.96-0.77 (5×m, 12H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 430.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00090
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(propargyl)-N6-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)adenine (37). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)adenine (29 mg) gave 37 as a white solid: yield 27 mg, 84%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.49 (d, 1H, J=4.4 Hz), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.76 (dt, 1H, J=1.8 Hz, J=7.7 Hz), 7.43 (d, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 7.29 (m, 1H), 5.04 (d, 2H, J=2.6 Hz), 4.91 (br s, 2H), 2.98 (t, 1H, J=2.6 Hz), 2.10-2.03, 1.90-1.63, 1.47-1.36, 1.20-1.10, 0.96-0.73 (5×m, 12H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 401.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00091
  • 2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-[(methyl)(2-phenethyl)]-9-(propargyl)adenine (38). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-[(methyl)(2-phenethyl)]adenine (54 mg) gave 38 as a white solid: yield 47 mg, 79%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.11 (m, 5H), 5.00 (d, 2H, J=2.6 Hz), 4.19 (br s, 2H), 3.35 (br s, 3H), 2.98-2.91 (m, 3H), 2.14-2.06, 1.96-1.66, 1.50-1.39, 1.27-1.13, 0.98-0.80 (5×m, 12H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 428.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00092
  • 2-{2-[Hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-methyladenine (39). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (58 mg) gave 39 as a white solid: yield 39 mg, 64%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.22, 2.08-2.03, 1.89-1.74, 1.64-1.57 (4×m, 14H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 324.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00093
  • 9-Ethyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (40). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (59 mg) gave 40 as a white solid: yield 42 mg, 65%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 4.25 (t, 2H, J=7.4 Hz), 2.36-2.22, 2.08-2.03, 1.89-1.74, 1.64-1.57 (4×m, 14H), 1.47 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 338.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00094
  • 2-{2-[Hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-propyladenine (41). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (56 mg) gave 41 as a white solid: yield 46 mg, 72%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 4.17 (t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.36-2.22, 2.08-2.03, 1.92-1.74, 1.64-1.57 (4×m, 16H), 0.93 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 352.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00095
  • 9-Hexyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (42). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (50 mg) gave 42 as a white solid: yield 43 mg, 68%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 4.21 (t, 2H, J=7.0, 7.5 Hz), 2.37-2.22, 2.08-2.03, 1.91-1.74, 1.65-1.57, 1.37-1.27 (5×m, 22H), 0.88 (t, 3H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 394.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00096
  • 2-{2-[Hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-nonyladenine (43). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (43 mg) gave 43 as a white solid: yield 47 mg, 78%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 4.20 (t, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.36-2.22, 2.08-2.03, 1.90-1.74, 1.64-1.56, 1.35-1.23 (5×m, 28H), 0.87 (t, 3H, J=7.0 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 436.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00097
  • 2-{2-[Hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-isobutyl-adenine (44). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (52 mg) gave 44 as a white solid: yield 46 mg, 75%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.11 (s, 1H), 4.02 (d, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.36-2.16, 2.08-2.03, 1.88-1.73, 1.64-1.56, (4×m, 15H), 0.91 (d, 6H, J=6.6 Hz). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 366.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00098
  • 9-Cyclopropylmethyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (45). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (33 mg) gave 45 as a white solid: yield 11 mg, 28%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.21 (s, 1H), 4.06 (d, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.36-2.22, 2.08-2.03, 1.89-1.74, 1.65-1.57, (4×m, 14H), 1.42-1.27 (m, 1H), 0.65-0.58, 0.49-0.43 (2×m, 4H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 364.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00099
  • 9-Cyclobutylmethyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (46). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (54 mg) gave 46 as a white crystalline solid: yield 21 mg, 32%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.12 (s, 1H), 4.22 (d, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.87 (quintet, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 2.37-2.22, 2.09-1.74, 1.65-1.57, (3×m, 20H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 378.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00100
  • 9-Cyclopentylmethyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (47). 2-{2-[Hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (44 mg, 0.1422 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL) with heating. Anhydrous potassium carbonate (51 mg, 0.3690 mmol) and cyclopentylmethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (54 mg, 0.2123 mmol) were added and the mixture stirred at 70° C. for 72 h. Extra cyclopentylmethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (82 mg, 0.3224 mmol) was added and stirring continued at 100° C. a further 4.5 h. The reaction mixture was adhered to silica and purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM/MeOH (0-6%) to afford the pure 47 as a white solid: yield 38 mg, 68%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 4.14 (d, 2H, J=7.7 Hz), 2.48 (quintet, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.37-2.22, 2.08-2.02, 1.89-1.58, 1.37-1.24 (4×m, 22H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 392.0.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00101
  • 9-Cyclohexylmethyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (48). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (49 mg) gave 48 as a white solid: yield 45 mg, 70%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.10 (s, 1H), 4.04 (d, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.37-2.22, 2.09-2.03, 1.92-1.54, 1.31-0.96, (4×m, 25H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 406.3.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00102
  • 9-Cyclobutyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (49). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (34 mg) gave 49 as a white solid: yield 18 mg, 45%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.32 (s, 1H), 5.03 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.49, 2.38-2.22, 2.04-1.74, 1.64-1.57 (4×m, 20H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 364.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00103
  • 9-Cyclopentyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (50). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (473 mg) gave 50 as a white solid: yield 371 mg, 64%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.21 (s, 1H), 4.90 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.20, 2.08-1.73, 1.64-1.57 (4×m, 22H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 378.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00104
  • 2-{2-[Hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-propargyl-adenine (51). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (510 mg) gave 51 as a white solid: yield 416 mg, 73%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 5.04 (d, 2H, J=2.6 Hz), 2.98 (t, 1H, J=2.5 Hz), 2.36-2.22, 2.08-2.03, 1.89-1.75, 1.65-1.57 (4×m, 14H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 348.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00105
  • 2-{2-[Hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(2-hydroxyethyl)adenine (52). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (49 mg) gave 52 as a white solid: yield 21 mg, 38%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.12 (s, 1H), 4.31 (t, 2H, J=5.2 Hz), 3.87 (t, 2H, J=4.7 Hz), 2.36-2.21, 2.08-2.01, 1.89-1.73, 1.65-1.57 (4×m, 14H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 354.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00106
  • 2-{2-[Hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(2-hydroxypropyl)adenine (53). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (55 mg) gave 53 as a white solid: yield 37 mg, 57%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 4.32 (t, 2H, J=7.0 Hz), 3.55 (t, 2H, J=5.9, 6.2 Hz), 2.36-2.21, 2.11-2.00, 1.89-1.73, 1.65-1.57 (4×m, 16H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 368.2.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00107
  • 2-{2-[Hydroxy-norbornan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-propargyladenine: Isomer A (60). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-norbornan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (42 mg) gave 60 as a white solid: yield 18 mg, 38%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 2.47-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.90-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.27-1.47 (m, 4H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 308.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00108
  • 2-{2-[Hydroxy-norbornan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-propargyladenine: Isomer B (61). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-norbornan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (31 mg) gave 61 as a white solid: yield 10 mg, 29%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 2.47-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.90-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.27-1.47 (m, 4H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 308.1.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00109
  • 9-(But-3-ynyl)-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (62). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (52 mg) gave 62 as a white solid: yield 14 mg, 24%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 4.36 (t, 2H, J=6.6 Hz), 2.77 (dt, 2H, J=2.6, 6.6 Hz), 2.36 (t, 1H, J=2.6 Hz), 2.36-2.22, 2.08-2.03, 1.89-1.74, 1.64-1.57 (4×m, 16H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 362.0.
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00110
  • 2-{3-[1-(Methoxycarbanoyl)piperidin-4-yl]propyn-1-yl}-9-propargyladenine (63). Using the representative procedure for N9-alkylation above 2-{3-[1-(methoxycarbanoyl)piperidin-4-yl]propyn-1-yl}adenine (53 mg) gave 63 as a white solid: yield 18 mg, 30%. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.21 (s, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 4.21-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 2.94-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.40 (m, 3H), 1.95-1.74 (m, 3H), 1.38-1.20 (m, 2H). LRMS ESI (M+H+) 353.1.
  • The compounds in tables 1 to 7, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts either as single stereoisomers or mixtures are representative examples of the invention.
    TABLE 1
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00111
    Compound (CR1R2)m-Z R6
    NC100 Propargyl CH2OH
    NC101 c-Pentyl CH2OH
    NC102 Propargyl CO2H
    NC103 c-Pentyl CO2H
    NC104 Propargyl CO2Me
    NC105 c-Pentyl CO2Me
    NC106 Propargyl CH2OAc
    NC107 c-Pentyl CH2OAc
    NC108 Propargyl CH2N(CH3)2
    NC109 c-Pentyl CH2N(CH3)2
    NC110 Propargyl COOCH2CH2NHBoc
    NC111 c-Pentyl COOCH2CH2NHBoc
    NC112 Propargyl COOCH2CH2NH2
    NC113 c-Pentyl COOCH2CH2NH2
    NC114 Propargyl CONHCH2CH3
    NC115 c-Pentyl CONHCH2CH3
    NC116 Propargyl CONH2
    NC117 c-Pentyl CONH2
    NC118 Propargyl CONHMe
    NC119 c-Pentyl CONHMe
    NC120 Propargyl Me, cis CO2Me
    NC121 c-Pentyl Me, cis CO2Me
    NC122 Propargyl Me, trans CO2Me
    NC123 c-Pentyl Me, trans CO2Me
    NC124 Propargyl CH2CH3
    NC125 c-Pentyl CH2CH3
    NC126 Propargyl H
    NC127 c-Pentyl H
    NC128 Propargyl COCH3
    NC129 c-Pentyl COCH3
    NC130 Propargyl CHCH3(OH)
    NC131 c-Pentyl CHCH3(OH)
  • TABLE 2
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00112
    Compound (CR1R2)m-Z R6
    NC132 Propargyl H
    NC133 c-Pentyl H
    NC134 Propargyl CO2tBu
    NC135 c-Pentyl CO2tBu
    NC136 Propargyl CO2Et
    NC137 c-Pentyl CO2Et
    NC138 Propargyl CO2iBu
    NC139 c-Pentyl CO2iBu
    NC140 Propargyl CO2iPr
    NC141 c-Pentyl CO2iPr
    63 Propargyl COMe
    NC142 c-Pentyl COMe
    NC143 Propargyl COC(CH3)3
    NC144 c-Pentyl COC(CH3)3
    NC145 Propargyl COCH2(CH3)3
    NC146 c-Pentyl COCH2(CH3)3
    NC147 Propargyl C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC148 c-Pentyl C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC149 Propargyl C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC150 c-Pentyl C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC142 Propargyl C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC143 c-Pentyl C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC144 Propargyl C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC145 c-Pentyl C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC146 Propargyl C(O)NH(CH3)
    NC147 c-Pentyl C(O)NH(CH3)
    NC148 Propargyl C(O)NH(Et)
    NC149 c-Pentyl C(O)NH(Et)
    NC150 Propargyl C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC142 c-Pentyl C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC143 Propargyl C(O)NH(iBu)
    NC144 c-Pentyl C(O)NH(iBu)
  • TABLE 3
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00113
    Compound (CR1R2)m-Z R6
    NC151 Propargyl H
    NC152 c-Pentyl H
    NC153 Propargyl 2-CH3
    NC154 c-Pentyl 2-CH3
    NC155 Propargyl 2-C(CH3)3
    NC156 c-Pentyl 2-C(CH3)3
    NC157 Propargyl 2-C6H5
    NC158 c-Pentyl 2-C6H5
    2 Propargyl 3-CH3
    3 c-Pentyl 3-CH3
    NC159 Propargyl 3-(CH3)2
    NC160 c-Pentyl 3-(CH3)2
    NC161 Propargyl 3-CH2CH3
    NC162 c-Pentyl 3-CH2CH3
    NC163 Propargyl 3-(CH3)2, 5-(CH3)2
    NC164 c-Pentyl 3-(CH3)2, 5-(CH3)2
    NC165 Propargyl 4-CH3
    NC166 c-Pentyl 4-CH3
    NC167 Propargyl 4-C2H5
    NC168 c-Pentyl 4-C2H5
    NC169 Propargyl 4-C(CH3)3
    NC170 c-Pentyl 4-C(CH3)3
    NC171 Propargyl 4-C6H5
    NC172 c-Pentyl 4-C6H5
  • TABLE 4
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00114
    Compound (CR1R2)m-Z R6
    NC173 Propargyl H
    NC174 c-Pentyl H
    NC175 Propargyl cyclohexyl
    NC176 c-Pentyl cyclohexyl
    NC177 Propargyl CO2Et
    NC178 c-Pentyl CO2Et
    NC179 Propargyl CO2tBu
    NC180 c-Pentyl CO2tBu
    NC181 Propargyl COMe
    NC182 c-Pentyl COMe
    NC183 Propargyl CO2iBu
    NC184 c-Pentyl CO2iBu
    NC185 Propargyl 2-Pyrimidinyl
    NC186 c-Pentyl 2-Pyrimidinyl
    NC187 Propargyl COC(CH3)3
    NC188 c-Pentyl COC(CH3)3
    NC189 Propargyl COMe
    NC190 c-Pentyl COMe
    NC191 Propargyl COCH2(CH3)3
    NC192 c-Pentyl COCH2(CH3)3
    NC193 Propargyl COCH3
    NC194 c-Pentyl COCH3
    NC195 Propargyl C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC196 c-Pentyl C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC197 Propargyl C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC198 c-Pentyl C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC199 Propargyl C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC200 c-Pentyl C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC201 Propargyl C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC202 c-Pentyl C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC203 Propargyl C(O)NH(CH3)
    NC204 c-Pentyl C(O)NH(CH3)
    NC205 Propargyl C(O)NH(Et)
    NC206 c-Pentyl C(O)NH(Et)
    NC207 Propargyl C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC208 c-Pentyl C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC209 Propargyl C(O)NH(iBu)
    NC210 c-Pentyl C(O)NH(iBu)
  • TABLE 5
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00115
    Compound (CR1R2)m-Z R6
    NC211 Propargyl CH2OH
    NC212 c-Pentyl CH2OH
    NC213 Propargyl CO2H
    NC214 c-Pentyl CO2H
    NC215 Propargyl CO2Me
    NC216 c-Pentyl CO2Me
    NC217 Propargyl CO2Et
    NC218 c-Pentyl CO2Et
    NC219 Propargyl CH2OAc
    NC220 c-Pentyl CH2OAc
    NC221 Propargyl CH2N(CH3)2
    NC222 c-Pentyl CH2N(CH3)2
    NC223 Propargyl COOCH2CH2NHBoc
    NC224 c-Pentyl COOCH2CH2NHBoc
    NC225 Propargyl COOCH2CH2NH2
    NC226 c-Pentyl COOCH2CH2NH2
    NC227 Propargyl CONHCH2CH3
    NC228 c-Pentyl CONHCH2CH3
    NC229 Propargyl CONH2
    NC230 c-Pentyl CONH2
    NC231 Propargyl CONHMe
    NC232 c-Pentyl CONHMe
    NC233 Propargyl CH2CH3
    NC234 c-Pentyl CH2CH3
    NC235 Propargyl COCH3
    NC236 c-Pentyl COCH3
    NC237 Propargyl CHCH3(OH)
    NC238 c-Pentyl CHCH3(OH)
  • TABLE 6
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00116
    Compound (CR1R2)m-Z R6
    NC239 Propargyl CH2OH
    NC240 c-Pentyl CH2OH
    NC241 Propargyl CO2H
    NC242 c-Pentyl CO2H
    NC243 Propargyl CO2Me
    NC244 c-Pentyl CO2Me
    NC245 Propargyl CH2OAc
    NC246 c-Pentyl CH2OAc
    NC247 Propargyl CH2N(CH3)2
    NC248 c-Pentyl CH2N(CH3)2
    NC249 Propargyl COOCH2CH2NHBoc
    NC250 c-Pentyl COOCH2CH2NHBoc
    NC251 Propargyl COOCH2CH2NH2
    NC252 c-Pentyl COOCH2CH2NH2
    NC253 Propargyl CONHCH2CH3
    NC254 c-Pentyl CONHCH2CH3
    NC255 Propargyl CONH2
    NC256 c-Pentyl CONH2
    NC257 Propargyl CONHMe
    NC258 c-Pentyl CONHMe
    NC259 Propargyl CH2CH3
    NC260 c-Pentyl CH2CH3
    NC261 Propargyl COCH3
    NC262 c-Pentyl COCH3
    NC263 Propargyl CHCH3(OH)
    NC264 c-Pentyl CHCH3(OH)
  • TABLE 7
    Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00117
    Compound (CR1R2)m-Z W W′ R6
    NC265 Propargyl CH CH CO2Me
    NC266 c-Pentyl CH N CO2Me
    NC267 Propargyl N CH CO2Me
    NC268 c-Pentyl N N CO2Me
    NC269 Propargyl CH CH CO2Me
    NC270 c-Pentyl CH N CO2Me
    NC271 Propargyl N CH CO2Me
    NC272 c-Pentyl N N CO2Me
    NC273 Propargyl CH CH CH2OH
    NC274 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OH
    NC275 Propargyl N CH CH2OH
    NC276 c-Pentyl N N CH2OH
    NC277 Propargyl CH CH CH2OH
    NC278 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OH
    NC279 Propargyl N CH CH2OH
    NC280 c-Pentyl N N CH2OH
    NC281 Propargyl CH CH CO2H
    NC282 c-Pentyl CH N CO2H
    NC283 Propargyl N CH CO2H
    NC284 c-Pentyl N N CO2H
    NC285 Propargyl CH CH CO2H
    NC286 c-Pentyl CH N CO2H
    NC287 Propargyl N CH CO2H
    NC288 c-Pentyl N N CO2H
    NC289 Propargyl CH CH CH2OAc
    NC290 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OAc
    NC291 Propargyl N CH CH2OAc
    NC292 c-Pentyl N N CH2OAc
    NC293 Propargyl CH CH CH2OAc
    NC294 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OAc
    NC295 Propargyl N CH CH2OAc
    NC296 c-Pentyl N N CH2OAc
    NC297 Propargyl CH CH CONH2
    NC298 c-Pentyl CH N CONH2
    NC299 Propargyl N CH CONH2
    NC300 c-Pentyl N N CONH2
    NC301 Propargyl CH CH CONH2
    NC302 c-Pentyl CH N CONH2
    NC303 Propargyl N CH CONH2
    NC304 c-Pentyl N N CONH2
    NC305 Propargyl CH CH CONHMe
    NC306 c-Pentyl CH N CONHMe
    NC307 Propargyl N CH CONHMe
    NC308 c-Pentyl N N CONHMe
    NC309 Propargyl CH CH CONHMe
    NC310 c-Pentyl CH N CONHMe
    NC311 Propargyl N CH CONHMe
    NC312 c-Pentyl N N CONHMe
    NC313 Propargyl CH CH CO2tBu
    NC314 c-Pentyl CH N CO2tBu
    NC315 Propargyl N CH CO2tBu
    NC316 c-Pentyl N N CO2tBu
    NC317 Propargyl CH CH CO2tBu
    NC318 c-Pentyl CH N CO2tBu
    NC319 Propargyl N CH CO2tBu
    NC320 c-Pentyl N N CO2tBu
    NC321 Propargyl CH CH CO2Et
    NC322 c-Pentyl CH N CO2Et
    NC323 Propargyl N CH CO2Et
    NC324 c-Pentyl N N CO2Et
    NC325 Propargyl CH CH CO2Et
    NC326 c-Pentyl CH N CO2Et
    NC327 Propargyl N CH CO2Et
    NC328 c-Pentyl N N CO2Et
    NC329 Propargyl CH CH CO2iBu
    NC330 c-Pentyl CH N CO2iBu
    NC331 Propargyl N CH CO2iBu
    NC332 c-Pentyl N N CO2iBu
    NC333 Propargyl CH CH CO2iBu
    NC334 c-Pentyl CH N CO2iBu
    NC335 Propargyl N CH CO2iBu
    NC336 c-Pentyl N N CO2iBu
    NC337 Propargyl CH CH CO2iPr
    NC338 c-Pentyl CH N CO2iPr
    NC339 Propargyl N CH CO2iPr
    NC340 c-Pentyl N N CO2iPr
    NC341 Propargyl CH CH CO2iPr
    NC342 c-Pentyl CH N CO2iPr
    NC343 Propargyl N CH CO2iPr
    NC344 c-Pentyl N N CO2iPr
    NC345 Propargyl CH CH COMe
    NC346 c-Pentyl CH N COMe
    NC347 Propargyl N CH COMe
    NC348 c-Pentyl N N COMe
    NC349 Propargyl CH CH COMe
    NC350 c-Pentyl CH N COMe
    NC351 Propargyl N CH COMe
    NC352 c-Pentyl N N COMe
    NC353 Propargyl CH CH COC(CH3)3
    NC354 c-Pentyl CH N COC(CH3)3
    NC355 Propargyl N CH COC(CH3)3
    NC356 c-Pentyl N N COC(CH3)3
    NC357 Propargyl CH CH COC(CH3)3
    NC358 c-Pentyl CH N COC(CH3)3
    NC359 Propargyl N CH COC(CH3)3
    NC360 c-Pentyl N N COC(CH3)3
    NC361 Propargyl CH CH COCH2(CH3)3
    NC362 c-Pentyl CH N COCH2(CH3)3
    NC363 Propargyl N CH COCH2(CH3)3
    NC364 c-Pentyl N N COCH2(CH3)3
    NC365 Propargyl CH CH COCH2(CH3)3
    NC366 c-Pentyl CH N COCH2(CH3)3
    NC367 Propargyl N CH COCH2(CH3)3
    NC368 c-Pentyl N N COCH2(CH3)3
    NC369 Propargyl CH CH C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC370 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC371 Propargyl N CH C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC372 c-Pentyl N N C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC373 Propargyl CH CH C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC374 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC375 Propargyl N CH C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC376 c-Pentyl N N C(O)N(CH3)2
    NC377 Propargyl CH CH C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC378 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC379 Propargyl N CH C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC380 c-Pentyl N N C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC381 Propargyl CH CH C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC382 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC383 Propargyl N CH C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC384 c-Pentyl N N C(O)N(CH3)Et
    NC385 Propargyl CH CH C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC386 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC387 Propargyl N CH C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC388 c-Pentyl N N C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC389 Propargyl CH CH C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC390 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC391 Propargyl N CH C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC392 c-Pentyl N N C(O)N(CH3)iPr
    NC393 Propargyl CH CH C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC394 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC395 Propargyl N CH C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC396 c-Pentyl N N C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC397 Propargyl CH CH C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC398 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC399 Propargyl N CH C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC400 c-Pentyl N N C(O)N(CH3)iBu
    NC401 Propargyl CH CH C(O)NH(Et)
    NC402 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)NH(Et)
    NC403 Propargyl N CH C(O)NH(Et)
    NC404 c-Pentyl N N C(O)NH(Et)
    NC405 Propargyl CH CH C(O)NH(Et)
    NC406 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)NH(Et)
    NC407 Propargyl N CH C(O)NH(Et)
    NC408 c-Pentyl N N C(O)NH(Et)
    NC409 Propargyl CH CH C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC410 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC411 Propargyl N CH C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC412 c-Pentyl N N C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC413 Propargyl CH CH C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC414 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC415 Propargyl N CH C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC416 c-Pentyl N N C(O)NH(iPr)
    NC417 Propargyl CH CH C(O)NH(iBu)
    NC418 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)NH(iBu)
    NC419 Propargyl N CH C(O)NH(iBu)
    NC420 c-Pentyl N N C(O)NH(iBu)
    NC421 Propargyl CH CH C(O)NH(iBu)
    NC422 c-Pentyl CH N C(O)NH(iBu)
    NC423 Propargyl N CH C(O)NH(iBu)
    NC424 c-Pentyl N N C(O)NH(iBu)
    NC425 Propargyl CH CH CH2OCOCH3
    NC426 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OCOCH3
    NC427 Propargyl N CH CH2OCOCH3
    NC428 c-Pentyl N N CH2OCOCH3
    NC429 Propargyl CH CH CH2OCOCH3
    NC430 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OCOCH3
    NC431 Propargyl N CH CH2OCOCH3
    NC432 c-Pentyl N N CH2OCOCH3
    NC433 Propargyl CH CH CH2OCOEt
    NC434 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OCOEt
    NC435 Propargyl N CH CH2OCOEt
    NC436 c-Pentyl N N CH2OCOEt
    NC437 Propargyl CH CH CH2OCOEt
    NC438 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OCOEt
    NC439 Propargyl N CH CH2OCOEt
    NC440 c-Pentyl N N CH2OCOEt
    NC441 Propargyl CH CH CH2OCOiPr
    NC442 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OCOiPr
    NC443 Propargyl N CH CH2OCOiPr
    NC444 c-Pentyl N N CH2OCOiPr
    NC445 Propargyl CH CH CH2OCOiPr
    NC446 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OCOiPr
    NC447 Propargyl N CH CH2OCOiPr
    NC448 c-Pentyl N N CH2OCOiPr
    NC449 Propargyl CH CH CH2OCOiBu
    NC450 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OCOiBu
    NC451 Propargyl N CH CH2OCOiBu
    NC452 c-Pentyl N N CH2OCOiBu
    NC453 Propargyl CH CH CH2OCOiBu
    NC454 c-Pentyl CH N CH2OCOiBu
    NC455 Propargyl N CH CH2OCOiBu
    NC456 c-Pentyl N N CH2OCOiBu

    Evaluation of Novel A2A Antagonists in Four Mouse Models of PD: The A2A Receptor Antagonist ATL-2 Enhances Motor Function in a Dose-Dependent Manner in Normal and Dopamine-Depleted Mice.
  • In the set of experiments, we perform a dose response study of ATL-2 in stimulating motor activity in normal mice, and then we further extend this to dopamine-depleted mice. Adult male mice are habituated for 120 minutes and treated (i.p.) with saline or varying doses of compound, and their locomotor activity recorded for 120 minutes.
  • In a second set of experiments, we utilize the MPTP treatment paradigm to create animal model of PD by severely depleting dopamine in mice. We use a single MPTP treatment paradigm (40 mg/kg) which has been reproducibly reducing dopamine to 30-40% of normal dopamine contents in striatum in our previous studies.35,74 Adult male mice (˜25 mg/kg) are treated with single dose of MPTP (40 mg/kg). Thirty minutes after the MPTP treatment, mice are injected (i.p.) with vehicle or compounds of the invention at the same doses discussed above. Their motor activity is recorded for 180 minutes.
  • Results: Based on our previous experiments with other A2AR antagonists and our pilot study, we observe the maximal stimulant dose as well as sub-threshold doses of ATL compounds in normal and MPTP-treated mice. Without being bound by any theory, it is proposed that motor stimulant effect may manifest best in dopamine-depleted animals than normal animals, indicating that A2AR antagonists preferentially act at the A2AR in a PD condition to stimulate motor activity.
  • A2A receptor antagonists synergize with L-dopa to stimulate motor activity in dopamine-depleted mice.
  • We further tested the ability of these compounds to synergistically enhance motor function in conjunction with L-dopa, the standard therapy. Mice are injected (i.p.) with MPTP at a dose (1-2.5 mg/kg) that markedly decreases striatal dopamine levels. Thirty minutes later (when the mice exhibit an immobility), the mice are then randomly assigned to the following different treatment groups (n=10): (1) L-dopa (25 mg/kg); (2) ATL-2 (0.3, 1, 3, and 10 mg/kg), and (3) L-dopa (25 mg/kg)+ATL-2 (0.3, 1, 3, and 10 mg/kg). Locomotor behavior is monitored for 120 min before and after the treatment.
  • Results: Based on the Preliminary Results and on the known feature of other A2AR antagonists, a synergistic effect of ATL-2 with L-dopa in stimulating locomotor activity in dopamine-depleted mice is observed. This synergistic effect of ATL-2 and L-dopa is exhibited in a left-shift of the dose-response curve.
  • A2A Antagonists Potently and Specifically Attenuate MPTP-Induced Neurotoxicity by Inhibiting MPTP Metabolism.
  • C57B1/6 mice (n=10-12 mice per group) are pretreated with the A2A antagonist ATL-2 (0.3, 1.0, 3.0 and 10.0 mg/kg, i.p) 5 min prior to each of four MPTP (40 mg/kg) injections at 2 hr intervals. These doses are selected based on our preliminary results (with CSC) and on motor and neuroprotective effects (against ischemia) by SCH58261 and DPCPX. The specificities for the A2AR in these dose ranges of ATL-2 have been confirmed using A2A KO mice. Seven days after the MPTP (±CSC, SCH58261 or CPA) treatment, the striatum from one side are dissected out and processed for HPLC analysis of dopamine and DOPAC levels. The other half brain is quickly frozen for sectioning coronally through the striatum and substantial nigra. DAT binding density in striatum may be determined by receptor autoradiography using 3H-mazindol as a specific ligand. Quantitation of DAT (3H-mazindol) binding autoradiography may be performed by densitometry analysis. The numbers of dopaminergic neurons may be determined by TH immunohistochemistry in the substantial nigra. Stereological methods may be used to estimate the absolute reduction in TH+ nigral neurons in MPTP-treated WT mice and any attenuation in those pretreated with ATL-2. In the same sections, cell counts may also be performed for TH+ neurons in the more medial VTA, which is less affected in MPTP treated mice as well as in PD.
  • Results: Guided by our preliminary results, neuroprotection in a dose-dependent manner (at least from 0.5 to 5 mg/kg range) may be observed. The potency of A2A antagonists for neuroprotection may be observed with their potency for motor stimulation and for possible attenuation of behavioral sensitization (see above). Similarly, the potency of CSC or SCH58261 for neuroprotection against MPTP may be compared to that for neuroprotection against ischemic injury and excitoxicity. A significant difference in an A2A antagonist's potency in neuroprotection against MPTP and against ischemia or excitoxicity may suggest different mechanisms and sites of action (e.g. glial versus neuronal compartments which may have different G-protein coupling mechanisms). On the other hand, the same potency of A2A antagonists for motor stimulation, neuroprotection and possibly delayed sensitization to L-dopa would suggest that the same type of A2AR is responsible for all these potential benefits of A2A antagonists in different animal models of PD.
  • A2A Antagonists Delay and A2A Agonists Accelerate L-Dopa-Induced Locomotor Sensitization in Unilateral 6-OHDA-Lesioned Mice.
  • The ability of ATL-2 to modify the development of L-dopa-induced locomotor sensitization in hemiparkinsonian mice are tested. C57BL/6 mice (from the Jackson's lab, Bar Harbor, Mich.) are lesioned with 6-OHDA by unilateral intrastriatal using a standard lesioning protocol. Seven days after the 6-OHDA (or MPP+) treatment, mice are injected with L-dopa (2.0 mg/kg, daily) for 14 days. Five min prior to each L-dopa treatment, the mice receive intraperitoneal pretreatment with: (1) vehicle, (2) ATL-2 (3 mg/kg) or (3) ATL-2 (10 mg/kg). In these dose ranges, the selective A2A antagonists have been shown to produce motor stimulant effects (see Preliminary Results). Rotational responses to L-dopa are recorded on the days 1, 3, 5, 7, 10 and 15. Following the behavioral measurement, mice may be sacrificed and their brains sectioned through striatum and substantial nigra. Striatal enkephalin mRNA levels are determined by in situ hybridization histochemistry. Similarly, DAT (3H-mazindol) binding is measured by receptor autoradiography to ensure successful and equivalent lesions among different experimental groups.
  • Results: Based on our previous study with SCH58261 in this repeated L-dopa-induced sensitization model, ATL-2 delays or prevent the development of locomotor sensitization. The prevention or delayed appearance with L-dopa locomotor sensitization by co-injection of an A2A antagonist indicates an important role of the A2AR in the development of L-dopa-induced behavioral sensitization. Furthermore, this helps exclude the possibility that an attenuated behavioral sensitization to chronic L-dopa observed in A2A KO mice results from a developmental effect of A2AR deficiency. Thus combined genetic and pharmacological approaches provide the clearest assessment of the A2AR's role in the development of behavioral sensitization to L-dopa, and provides insights into its role in L-dopa-induced dyskinesia.
  • Methods
  • Animal Treatments and Catalepsy Behavioral Assessments:
  • WT and A2A KO mice (generated as above) as well as commercially procured C57B1/6 mice (Taconic, N.Y.) may be used for this study. Since our pilot study and other reports [40,88] indicate that animal age is a critical factor in determining the extent of an MPTP lesion, animal body weight around 25-30 grams (corresponding to approximately 10 weeks of age) is tightly controlled. The mice are housed in temperature and humidity-controlled rooms with a 24-hour 1:1 light:dark cycle. Adenosinergic and dopaminergic agents are injected at the volume of 0.1 ml/10 gram body weight of mice. Other adenosinergic and dopaminergic drugs are purchased from RBI (Natick, Mass.). From our previous work, we have adapted a special solvent (15% DMSO, 15% Alkamuls-EL 620 and 70% saline) for dissolving A2A antagonists, including CSC and SCH58261.
  • Catalepsy behavior may be induced by haloperidol (1 mg/kg, i.p.) or reserpine (5 mg/kg, i.p. see below). Catalepsy score may be determined by the bar and grid tests. For the bar test, both mouse forepaws are placed on a 6 cm-high horizontal bar (diameter 0.7 cm). In the grid test, mice are allowed to cling to a metal-framed vertical grid (1.3 cm squares). The latency from paw placement until the first complete removal of one paw from the support is measured (maximal test duration 180 sec). Upon the completion of behavioral assessment, mice are sacrificed and the brains are processed for neurochemical and histochemical analyses.
  • Dopamine Depletion by the Treatment with MPTP or 6-OHDA:
  • a) Intraperitoneal Injection of MPTP: The MPTP administration regimen (20 mg/kg×4 at 2 hr interval) has been shown to produce severe dopamine depletion (consistently greater than ˜80% in our Preliminary Results FIGS. 6 and 7). Naive C57B1/6 mice are pretreated with adenosine antagonists 5 min prior to MPTP treatment.
  • b) Intrastriatal Injection of 6-OHDA: Wild-type C57B1/6 or A2AR mutant mice are anesthetized with Avertin and positioned in a stereotaxic frame. Three microliters of 6-OHDA (3 μg/μl) are injected into the left striatum (coordinates from bregma: AP+0.0, L+2.5.0, DV−4.4) via a infusion minipump over a 4 min period. Due to its photolability, 6-OHDA is dissolved in 0.01% ascorbic acid and injected under a light-protected environment.
  • c) Post-treatment Care: Dopamine-depleted mice may be continually monitored, and special care may be taken to maintain mouse body temperature with a heating blanket or warming lights. During the first 48 hours post-operation, mashed food pellets and water are provided to the mice inside the cage at floor-level for easy access.
  • Neurochemical Analysis:
  • (a) Measurements of Catecholamines and Indoleamines in Striatum by HPLC: To measure tissue catecholamine and indoleamine levels, mice are decapitated, their brains are removed rapidly, and striata are dissected out and frozen on dry ice. Striata are weighed frozen and then homogenized in 200 μl of 150 mM trichloroacetic acid containing 0.1 mM EDTA and 1 μM epinephrine (as an internal standard). Homogenates are centrifuged for 5 min at 15,000 g. The catecholamines in the supernatant are separated over a reverse-phase hydrophobic interaction C-18 HPLC column (Beckman, 5μ ODS) and measured using an electrochemical detector (ESA Coulochem 5100A) with electrodes set in series at oxidizing (+0.22 V) and then reducing (−0.35 V) potentials. Both the retention time and the ratio of oxidation to reduction currents for given sample peaks are compared against those for external standards to ensure proper identification of analytes.
  • (b) Stereologic quantitation of neuronal loss in substantia nigra: One week after lesioning, mice may be perfusion-fixed and their brains may be microtome-cut into 40 μm coronal free-floating sections. Every sixth section may be processed for TH immunohistochemistry using a 1:1,000 dilution of a polyclonal rabbit antiserum against rat TH (Eugene Tech. Intl., NJ). Immunostaining is completed using standard avidin-biotin procedures described previously [18,130]. A non-biased stereological technique is employed to quantify the effect of treatment on total TH+ nigra (pars compacta) cell counts as described previously [81]. All counts are performed by a single observer who is unaware of the treatment group at the time of neuronal estimates. Based on our pilot studies in WT mice MPP+ at this dose (3 μg/striatum) produced a ˜40% loss of ipsilateral TH+ nigral neurons.
  • (c) A2A receptor binding autoradiography: Twenty micron striatal sections are preincubated for 5 minutes with ice-cold buffer (509 mM Tris-HCl, 5 mM KCl and 300 mM NaCl, pH 7.9) and then incubated for 60 minutes in the same buffer containing 6 nM 3H-SCH58261 (provided generously by Dr. E. Ongini) [131]. The slides are washed twice and then air-dried before exposure to Hyperfilm (Amersham, Ill.) for 2-4 weeks. The films are analyzed with a video-based image analysis system (MultiAnalyst; Biorad), and total striatal 3H-SCH58261 binding (fmol/mg tissue) is calculated using a tritium-labeled calibration standard [17,131].
  • Statistical Analysis
  • Single statistical comparisons of an A2AR KO group to its WT control are generally performed using a Student's t test, two-tailed. Comparison of more than two factors (e.g. genotype, drug treatment and time course) and their interactions are made using 2-way ANOVA followed by Newman-Keuls post hoc analysis. If data are not normally distributed, non-parametric tests (Kruskal-Wallis or Mann-Whitney U test) are used.
  • Vertebrate Animals. Mice are the only animals that are be used in experiments. The mice are monitored daily (co-investigators or technician) under the supervision of a staff veterinarian. In the majority of the experiments the mice are kept under SPF conditions with no more than 5 mice/cage of females and 4 mice/cage of males. All husbandry and veterinary care meets NIH and AAALAC standards for humane care for use of laboratory animals. In addition, because of daily observation of all animals, any moribund animal is humanely euthanized by CO2.
  • Models of PD are used to investigate pre-clinical efficacy and pharmacokinetics of A2AAR antagonist. Because we have used these model in our laboratory, the model is now well characterized and the experimental manipulation of mice for these studies are well established.
  • REFERENCES
    • 1. Hauser R A, Hubble J P, Truong D D. Randomized trial of the adenosine A(2A) receptor antagonist istradefylline in advanced PD. Neurology. 2003; 61:297-303.
    • 2. Lang A E, Lozano A M. Parkinson's disease. Second of two parts. N Engl J. Med. 1998; 339:1130-1143.
    • 3. Agid Y, Cervera P, Hirsch E, Javoy-Agid F, Lehericy S, Raisman R, Ruberg M. Biochemistry of Parkinson's disease 28 years later: a critical review. Mov Disord. 1989; 4 Suppl 1:S126-S144.
    • 4. Lang A E, Lozano A M. Parkinson's disease. Second of two parts. N Engl J. Med. 1998; 339:1130-1143.
    • 5. Lang A E, Lozano A M. Parkinson's disease. First of two parts. N Engl J. Med. 1998; 339:1044-1053.
    • 6. Obeso J A, Olanow C W, Nutt J G. Levodopa motor complications in Parkinson's disease. Trends Neurosci. 2000; 23:S2-S7.
    • 7. Bezard E, Brotchie J M, Gross C E. Pathophysiology of levodopa-induced dyskinesia: potential for new therapies. Nat Rev Neurosci. 2001; 2:577-588.
    • 8. Fahn S. The spectrum of levodopa-induced dyskinesias. Ann Neurol. 2000; 47:S2-S9.
    • 9. Fahn S. The spectrum of levodopa-induced dyskinesias. Ann Neurol. 2000; 47:S2-S9.
    • 10. Jenner P. Pathophysiology and biochemistry of dyskinesia: clues for the development of non-dopaminergic treatments. J Neurol. 2000; 247 Suppl 2:II43-II50.
    • 11. Melamed E, Offen D, Shirvan A, Djaldetti R, Barzilai A, Ziv I. Levodopa toxicity and apoptosis. Ann Neurol. 1998; 44:S149-S154.
    • 12. Jenner P. Pathophysiology and biochemistry of dyskinesia: clues for the development of non-dopaminergic treatments. J Neurol. 2000; 247 Suppl 2:II43-II50.
    • 13. Chen J F. The adenosine A(2A) receptor as an attractive target for Parkinson's disease treatment. Drug News Perspect. 2003; 16:597-604.
    • 14. Schwarzschild M A, Chen J F, Ascherio A. Caffeinated clues and the promise of adenosine A(2A) antagonists in PD. Neurology. 2002; 58:1154-1160.
    • 15. Ferre S, Fredholm B B, Morelli M, Popoli P, Fuxe K. Adenosine-dopamine receptor-receptor interactions as an integrative mechanism in the basal ganglia. Trends Neurosci. 1997; 20:482-487.
    • 16. Richardson P J, Gubitz A K, Freeman T C, Dixon A K. Adenosine receptor antagonists and Parkinson's disease: actions of the A2A receptor in the striatum. Adv Neurol. 1999; 80:111-119.
    • 17. Schwarzschild M A, Chen J F, Ascherio A. Caffeinated clues and the promise of adenosine A(2A) antagonists in PD. Neurology. 2002; 58:1154-1160.
    • 18. Fink J S, Weaver D R, Rivkees S A, Peterfreund R A, Pollack A E, Adler E M, Reppert S M. Molecular cloning of the rat A2 adenosine receptor: selective co-expression with D2 dopamine receptors in rat striatum. Brain Res Mol Brain Res. 1992; 14:186-195.
    • 19. Schiffmann S N, Jacobs O, Vanderhaeghen J J. Striatal restricted adenosine A2 receptor (RDC8) is expressed by enkephalin but not by substance P neurons: an in situ hybridization histochemistry study. J. Neurochem. 1991; 57:1062-1067.
    • 20. Schiffmann S N, Vanderhaeghen J J. Adenosine A2 receptors regulate the gene expression of striatopallidal and striatonigral neurons. J. Neurosci. 1993; 13:1080-1087.
    • 21. Ferre S, Rubio A, Fuxe K. Stimulation of adenosine A2 receptors induces catalepsy. Neurosci Lett. 1991; 130:162-164.
    • 22. Ferre S, Fuxe K, Von Euler G, Johansson B, Fredholm B B. Adenosine-dopamine interactions in the brain. Neurosci. 1992; 51:501-512.
    • 23. Fredholm B B, Battig K, Holmen J, Nehlig A, Zvartau E E. Actions of caffeine in the brain with special reference to factors that contribute to its widespread use. Pharmacol Rev. 1999; 51:83-133.
    • 24. Barraco R A, Martens K A, Parizon M, Normile H J. Adenosine A2a receptors in the nucleus accumbens mediate locomotor depression. Brain Res Bull. 1993; 31:397-404.
    • 25. Ferre S, Von Euler G, Johansson B, Fredholm B B, Fuxe K. Stimulation of high-affinity adenosine A2 receptors decreases the affinity of dopamine D2 receptors in rat striatal membranes. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1991; 88:7238-7241.
    • 26. Fuxe K, Ferre S, Zoli M, Agnati L F. Integrated events in central dopamine transmission as analyzed at multiple levels. Evidence for intramembrane adenosine A2A/dopamine D2 and adenosine A1/dopamine D1 receptor interactions in the basal ganglia. Brain Res Brain Res Rev. 1998; 26:258-273.
    • 27. Aoyama S, Kase H, Borrelli E. Rescue of locomotor impairment in dopamine D2 receptor-deficient mice by an adenosine A2A receptor antagonist. J. Neurosci. 2000; 20:5848-5852.
    • 28. Chen J F, Moratalla R, Impagnatiello F, Grandy D K, Cuellar B, Rubinstein M, Beilstein M A, Hackett E, Fink J S, Low M J, Ongini E, Schwarzschild M A. The role of the D(2) dopamine receptor (D(2)R) in A(2A) adenosine receptor (A(2A)R)-mediated behavioral and cellular responses as revealed by A(2A) and D(2) receptor knockout mice. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2001; 98:1970-1975.
    • 29. Thompson R D, Secunda S, Daly J W, Olsson R A. N6,9-disubstituted adenines: potent, selective antagonists at the A1 adenosine receptor. J Med. Chem. 1991; 34:2877-2882.
    • 30. Mori A, Shindou T, Ichimura M, Nonaka H, Kase H. The role of adenosine A2a receptors in regulating GABAergic synaptic transmission in striatal medium spiny neurons. J Neurosci. 1996; 16:605-611.
    • 31. Richardson P J, Gubitz A K, Freeman T C, Dixon A K. Adenosine receptor antagonists and Parkinson's disease: actions of the A2A receptor in the striatum. Adv Neurol. 1999; 80:111-119.
    • 32. Svenningsson P, Le Moine C, Fisone G, Fredholm B B. Distribution, biochemistry and function of striatal adenosine A2A receptors. Prog Neurobiol. 1999; 59:355-396.
    • 33. Canals M, Marcellino D, Fanelli F, Ciruela F, de Benedetti P, Goldberg S R, Neve K, Fuxe K, Agnati L F, Woods A S, Ferre S, Lluis C, Bouvier M, Franco R. Adenosine A2A-dopamine D2 receptor-receptor heteromerization: qualitative and quantitative assessment by fluorescence and bioluminescence energy transfer. J Biol. Chem. 2003; 278:46741-46749.
    • 34. Fredholm B B, Battig K, Holmen J, Nehlig A, Zvartau E E. Actions of caffeine in the brain with special reference to factors that contribute to its widespread use [Review]. Pharmacol Rev. 1999; 51:83-133.
    • 35. Chen J F, Moratalla R, Impagnatiello F, Grandy D K, Cuellar B, Rubinstein M, Beilstein M A, Hackett E, Fink J S, Low M J, Ongini E, Schwarzschild M A. The role of the D(2) dopamine receptor (D(2)R) in A(2A) adenosine receptor (A(2A)R)-mediated behavioral and cellular responses as revealed by A(2A) and D(2) receptor knockout mice. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2001; 98:1970-1975.
    • 36. Grondin R, Bedard P J, Hadj T A, Gregoire L, Mori A, Kase H. Antiparkinsonian effect of a new selective adenosine A2A receptor antagonist in MPTP-treated monkeys. Neurology. 1999; 52:1673-1677.
    • 37. Kanda T, Jackson M J, Smith L A, Pearce R K, Nakamura J, Kase H, Kuwana Y, Jenner P. Combined use of the adenosine A(2A) antagonist KW-6002 with L-DOPA or with selective D1 or D2 dopamine agonists increases antiparkinsonian activity but not dyskinesia in MPTP-treated monkeys. Exp Neurol. 2000; 162:321-327.
    • 38. Kanda T, Jackson M J, Smith L A, Pearce R K, Nakamura J, Kase H, Kuwana Y, Jenner P. Adenosine A2A antagonist: a novel antiparkinsonian agent that does not provoke dyskinesia in parkinsonian monkeys. Ann Neurol. 1998; 43:507-513.
    • 39. Kanda T, Tashiro T, Kuwana Y, Jenner P. Adenosine A2A receptors modify motor function in MPTP-treated common marmosets. Neuroreport. 1998; 9:2857-2860.
    • 40. Pinna A, Fenu S, Morelli M. Motor stimulant effects of the adenosine A(2A) receptor antagonist SCH 58261 do not develop tolerance after repeated treatments in 6-hydroxydopamine-lesioned rats. Synapse. 2001; 39:233-238.
    • 41. Pinna A, di Chiara G, Wardas J, Morelli M. Blockade of A2a adenosine receptors positively modulates turning behaviour and c-Fos expression induced by D1 agonists in dopamine-denervated rats. Eur J. Neurosci. 1996; 8:1176-1181.
    • 42. Aoyama S, Kase H, Borrelli E. Rescue of locomotor impairment in dopamine D2 receptor-deficient mice by an adenosine A2A receptor antagonist. Journal of Neuroscience. 2000; 20:5848-5852.
    • 43. Grondin R, Bedard P J, Hadj T A, Gregoire L, Mori A, Kase H. Antiparkinsonian effect of a new selective adenosine A2A receptor antagonist in MPTP-treated monkeys. Neurology. 1999; 52:1673-1677.
    • 44. Kanda T, Jackson M J, Smith L A, Pearce R K, Nakamura J, Kase H, Kuwana Y, Jenner P. Adenosine A2A antagonist: a novel antiparkinsonian agent that does not provoke dyskinesia in parkinsonian monkeys. Ann Neurol. 1998; 43:507-513.
    • 45. Kanda T, Jackson M J, Smith L A, Pearce R K, Nakamura J, Kase H, Kuwana Y, Jenner P. Combined use of the adenosine A(2A) antagonist KW-6002 with L-DOPA or with selective D1 or D2 dopamine agonists increases antiparkinsonian activity but not dyskinesia in MPTP-treated monkeys. Exp Neurol. 2000; 162:321-327.
    • 46. Halldner L, Lozza G, Lindstrom K, Fredholm B B. Lack of tolerance to motor stimulant effects of a selective adenosine A(2A) receptor antagonist. Eur J. Pharmacol. 2000; 406:345-354.
    • 47. Pinna A, Fenu S, Morelli M. Motor stimulant effects of the adenosine A(2A) receptor antagonist SCH 58261 do not develop tolerance after repeated treatments in 6-hydroxydopamine-lesioned rats. Synapse. 2001; 39:233-238.
    • 48. Kanda T, Jackson M J, Smith L A, Pearce R K, Nakamura J, Kase H, Kuwana Y, Jenner P. Combined use of the adenosine A(2A) antagonist KW-6002 with L-DOPA or with selective D1 or D2 dopamine agonists increases antiparkinsonian activity but not dyskinesia in MPTP-treated monkeys. Exp Neurol. 2000; 162:321-327.
    • 49. Fredduzzi S, Moratalla R, Monopoli A, Cuellar B, Xu K, Ongini E, Impagnatiello F, Schwarzschild M A, Chen J F. Persistent behavioral sensitization to chronic L-DOPA requires A2A adenosine receptors. J. Neurosci. 2002; 22:1054-1062.
    • 50. Bibbiani F, Oh J D, Petzer J P, Castagnoli N, Jr., Chen J F, Schwarzschild M A, Chase T N. A2A antagonist prevents dopamine agonist-induced motor complications in animal models of Parkinson's disease. Exp Neurol. 2003; 184:285-294.
    • 51. Chen J F, Huang Z, Ma J, Zhu J, Moratalla R, Standaert D, Moskowitz M A, Fink J S, Schwarzschild M A. A(2A) adenosine receptor deficiency attenuates brain injury induced by transient focal ischemia in mice. J. Neurosci. 1999; 19:9192-9200.
    • 52. Monopoli A, Casati C, Lozza G, Forlani A, Ongini E. Cardiovascular pharmacology of the A2A adenosine receptor antagonist, SCH 58261, in the rat. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 1998; 285:9-15.
    • 53. Phillis J W. The effects of selective A1 and A2a adenosine receptor antagonists on cerebral ischemic injury in the gerbil. Brain Res. 1995; 705:79-84.
    • 54. Jones P A, Smith R A, Stone T W. Protection against hippocampal kainate excitotoxicity by intracerebral administration of an adenosine A2A receptor antagonist. Brain Res. 1998; 800:328-335.
    • 55. Jones P A, Smith R A, Stone T W. Protection against kainate-induced excitotoxicity by adenosine A2A receptor agonists and antagonists. Neuroscience. 1998; 85:229-237.
    • 56. Popoli P, Pintor A, Domenici M R, Frank C, Tebano M T, Pezzola A, Scarchilli L, Quarta D, Reggio R, Malchiodi-Albedi F, Falchi M, Massotti M. Blockade of striatal adenosine A2A receptor reduces, through a presynaptic mechanism, quinolinic acid-induced excitotoxicity: possible relevance to neuroprotective interventions in neurodegenerative diseases of the striatum. J. Neurosci. 2002; 22:1967-1975.
    • 57. Dall'Igna O P, Porciuncula L O, Souza D O, Cunha R A, Lara D R, Dall'Igna OP. Neuroprotection by caffeine and adenosine A2A receptor blockade of beta-amyloid neurotoxicity. Br J. Pharmacol. 2003; 138:1207-1209.
    • 58. Chen J F, Xu K, Petzer J P, Staal R, Xu Y H, Beilstein M, Sonsalla P K, Castagnoli K, Castagnoli N, Jr., Schwarzschild M A. Neuroprotection by caffeine and A(2A) adenosine receptor inactivation in a model of Parkinson's disease. J. Neurosci. 2001; 21:RC143.
    • 59. Chen J F, Xu K, Petzer J P, Staal R, Xu Y H, Beilstein M, Sonsalla P K, Castagnoli K, Castagnoli N, Jr., Schwarzschild M A. Neuroprotection by caffeine and A(2A) adenosine receptor inactivation in a model of Parkinson's disease. J. Neurosci. 2001; 21:RC143.
    • 60. Ikeda K, Kurokawa M, Aoyama S, Kuwana Y. Neuroprotection by adenosine A2A receptor blockade in experimental models of Parkinson's disease. J. Neurochem. 2002; 80:262-270.
    • 61. Martinez-Mir M I, Probst A, Palacios J M. Adenosine A2 receptors: selective localization in the human basal ganglia and alterations with disease. Neuroscience. 1991; 42:697-706.
    • 62. Ross G W, Abbott R D, Petrovitch H, Morens D M, Grandinetti A, Tung K H, Tanner C M, Masaki K H, Blanchette P L, Curb J D, Popper J S, White L R. Association of coffee and caffeine intake with the risk of Parkinson disease. JAMA. 2000; 283:2674-2679.
    • 63. Ascherio A, Zhang S M, Heman M A, Kawachi I, Colditz G A, Speizer F E, Willett W C. Prospective study of caffeine consumption and risk of Parkinson's disease in men and women. Ann Neurol. 2001; 50:56-63.
    • 64. Hauser R A, Hubble J P, Truong D D. Randomized trial of the adenosine A(2A) receptor antagonist istradefylline in advanced PD. Neurology. 2003; 61:297-303.
    • 65. Bara-Jimenez W, Sherzai A, Dimitrova T, Favit A, Bibbiani F, Gillespie M, Morris M J, Mouradian M M, Chase T N. Adenosine A(2A) receptor antagonist treatment of Parkinson's disease. Neurology. 2003; 61:293-296.
    • 66. Bara-Jimenez W, Sherzai A, Dimitrova T, Favit A, Bibbiani F, Gillespie M, Morris M J, Mouradian M M, Chase T N. Adenosine A(2A) receptor antagonist treatment of Parkinson's disease. Neurology. 2003; 61:293-296.
    • 67. Zocchi C, Ongini E, Ferrara S, Baraldi P G, Dionisotti S. Binding of the radioligand [3H]-SCH 58261, a new non-xanthine A2A adenosine receptor antagonist, to rat striatal membranes. Br J. Pharmacol. 1996; 117:1381-1386.
    • 68. Keddie J R, Poucher S M, Shaw G R, Brooks R, Collis M G. In vivo characterisation of ZM 241385, a selective adenosine A2A receptor antagonist. Eur J. Pharmacol. 1996; 301:107-113.
    • 69. Mori A, Shindou T, Ichimura M, Nonaka H, Kase H. The role of adenosine A2a receptors in regulating GABAergic synaptic transmission in striatal medium spiny neurons. J. Neurosci. 1996; 16:605-611.
    • 70. Todde S, Moresco R M, Simonelli P, Baraldi P G, Cacciari B, Spalluto G, Varani K, Monopoli A, Matarrese M, Carpinelli A, Magni F, Kienle M G, Fazio F. Design, radiosynthesis, and biodistribution of a new potent and selective ligand for in vivo imaging of the adenosine A(2A) receptor system using positron emission tomography. J Med. Chem. 2000; 43:4359-4362.
    • 71. Colotta V, Catarzi D, Varano F, Cecchi L, Filacchioni G, Martini C, Trincavelli L, Lucacchini A. 4-Amino-6-benzylamino-1,2-dihydro-2-phenyl-1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-alpha]-quinoxalin-1-one: a new A2A adenosine receptor antagonist with high selectivity versus A1 receptors. Arch Pharm (Weinheim). 1999; 332:39-41.
    • 72. Thompson R D, Secunda S, Daly J W, Olsson R A. N6,9-disubstituted adenines: potent, selective antagonists at the A1 adenosine receptor. J Med. Chem. 1991; 34:2877-2882.
    • 73. Iwasaki K, Kusachi S, Tominaga Y, Kita T, Taniguchi G. Coronary artery spasm demonstrated by coronary angiography in a patient with acute myocarditis resembling acute myocardial infarction; a case report. Jpn J. Med. 1991; 30:573-577.
    • 74. Chen J F, Steyn S, Staal R, Petzer J P, Xu K, Van Der Schyf C J, Castagnoli K, Sonsalla P K, Castagnoli N, Jr., Schwarzschild M A. 8-(3-Chlorostyryl)caffeine may attenuate MPTP neurotoxicity through dual actions of monoamine oxidase inhibition and A2A receptor antagonism. J Biol. Chem. 2002; 277:36040-36044.
  • The entire disclosure of all documents cited throughout this application are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (22)

1. A method for treating cancer, comprising: administering a therapeutically effective amount of an A2A antagonist compound of formula I a mammal in need of such treatment:
Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00118
wherein:
R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R1 and R2 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1-4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R1 and R2 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen when the R1 or R2 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 or —SCH3;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycle(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, and RaS(═O)2—; or if the ring formed from the group CR3R4R5 is aryl or heteroaryl or partially unsaturated, then R3 can be absent;
R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated, mono-, bi- or tricyclic or aromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amine (—NRa—) in the ring, wherein any ring comprising R4 and R5 is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 14 R6 groups; wherein each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, and RaS(═O)— or two R6 groups and the atom to which they are attached combined to form C═O or C═S, or wherein two R6 groups together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, aryl aryl(C1-C8)alkylene, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkylene; or wherein R7 and R8 together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle or heteroaromatic ring;
R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R9 and R10 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R9 and R10 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen in the case where the R9 or R10 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 or —SCH3;
Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5;
Z is selected from the group consisting of halogen, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1,3-butadienyl, penta-1,3-dienyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, hexa-1,3-dienyl, hexa-1,3,5-trienyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, (C6-C20)polycyclyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —NRaRb, —SRa, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)NRa—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═S)NRb—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, OS(O2)Ra, OS(═O)ORa, —OS(O2)ORa and —O(SO2)NRaRb;
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, propargyl, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3, —OS(O2)OCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl are optionally interrupted with 1-4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— and amino (—NRc—); and wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of —ORc, —NRcRc, SRc, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3 and —OS(O2)OCH3, provided that the point of attachment of Ra or Rb is not a heteroatom when it is attached to another heteroatom;
Rc is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C1-C8)alkyl; and
m is 0 to 8; n is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that when m is 0, Z is not halogen, cyano, or nitro or is not attached via a heteroatom, and when n is 0, Y is not —NR4R5; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein Z is selected from aryl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, or (C6-C20)polycyclyl, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1 to 8 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— and amino (—NRa).
3. The method of claim 1, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, OH, OCH3, OAc, NH2, NHCH3, N(CH3)2 and NHAc.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the ring comprising R4 and R5 and the atom to which they are attached is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentane, cyclohexane, piperidine, dihydro-pyridine, tetrahydro-pyridine, pyridine, piperazine, decaline, tetrahydro-pyrazine, dihydro-pyrazine, pyrazine, dihydro-pyrimidine, tetrahydro-pyrimidine, hexahydro-pyrimidine, pyrazine, imidazole, dihydro-imidazole, imidazolidine, pyrazole, dihydro-pyrazole, pyrazolidine, norbornane and adamantane, each unsubstituted or substituted.
5. The method of claim 4, wherein the ring comprising R4 and R5 and the atom to which they are attached is selected from the group consisting of cyclohexane, piperidine, piperazine, norbornane, adamantane, each unsubstituted or substituted.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein number of R6 groups substituted on the R4R5 ring is from 1 to 4 and each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of OH, OCH3, methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, —CO2Ra, —CONRaRb, OAc, NH2, NHCH3, N(CH3)2, NHEt and N(Et)2, provided that when the ring comprising R4 and R5 contains a ring heteroatom that is O or S, the ring heteroatom that is O or S is not substituted with R6.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein —NR7R8 is selected from the group consisting of amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, 3-pentylamino, (diphenylethyl)-amino, (pyridylmethyl)-amino, diethylamino and benzylamino.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, —OH, —CH2OH, —OCH3, —NH2, —NHCH3, and —N(CH3)2.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein R10 is hydrogen.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C4)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkylene.
11. The method of claim 1, wherein Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5, and is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00119
wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycle(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb), RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, and RaS(═O)2—; and each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, and RaS(═O)—, provided that R6 is not halogen or a heteroatom when R6 is attached to a heteroatom.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5 and is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00120
wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycle(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, and RaS(═O)2—, and each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, and RaS(═O)—.
13. A method for treating cancer, comprising: administering a therapeutically effective amount of an A2A antagonist compound of formula II a mammal in need of such treatment:
Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00121
wherein:
R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R1 and R2 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R1 and R2 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen when the R1 or R2 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 or —SCH3;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycle(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, and RaS(═O)2—; or if the ring formed from the group CR3R4R5 is aryl or heteroaryl or partially unsaturated, then R3 can be absent;
R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated, mono-, bi- or tricyclic, or aromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amine (—NRc—) in the ring, wherein any ring comprising R4 and R5 is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 14 R6 groups; wherein each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, and RaS(═O)—, or two R6 groups and the atom to which they are attached combined to form C═O or C═S, or wherein two R6 groups together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, aryl or aryl(C1-C8)alkylene, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkylene-; or wherein R7 and R8 together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle or heteroaromatic ring;
R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R9 and R10 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R9 and R10 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen in the case where R9 and R10 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 and —SCH3;
L is a linker selected from the group consisting of —(C1-C3)alkyl-C≡C—, —C≡C—(C1-C3)alkyl-, —(CH2)1-3—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—(CH2)1-3—, —(CH2)1-2—CH═CH—CH2— and —CH2—CH═CH—(CH2)1-2—;
Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5;
Z is selected from the group consisting of halogen, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1,3-butadienyl, penta-1,3-dienyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, hexa-1,3-dienyl, hexa-1,3,5-trienyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, (C6-C20)polycyclyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —NRaRb, —SRa, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)NRa—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═S)NRb—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, —OS(O2)Ra, —OS(═O)ORa, —OS(O2)ORa and —O(SO2)NRaRb;
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, propargyl, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3, —OS(O2)OCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl are optionally interrupted with 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—)—S(O)2— and amino (—NRc); and wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of —ORc, —NRcRc, SRc, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3 and —OS(O2)OCH3, provided that the point of attachment of Ra or Rb is not a heteroatom when it is attached to another heteroatom;
Rc is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C1-C8)alkyl; and
m is 0 to 8; n is 0, 1, 2 or 3 provided that when m is 0, Z is not halogen, cyano, or nitro or is not attached via or a heteroatom; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
14. A method for treating cancer, comprising: administering a therapeutically effective amount of an A2A antagonist compound of formula I a mammal in need of such treatment:
Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00122
wherein:
(CR1R2)m-Z together is selected from the group consisting of —CH2CH═CH2, —CH2C≡CH, —CH2C≡CCH3 or —CH2CH2C≡CH;
Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycle(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra), RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, and RaS(═O)2—; or if the ring formed from the group CR3R4R5 is aryl or heteroaryl or partially unsaturated, then R3 can be absent;
R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated, mono-, bi- or tricyclic or aromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amine (—NRa—) in the ring, wherein any ring comprising R4 and R5 is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 14 R6 groups; wherein each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, and RaS(═O)—, or two R6 groups and the atom to which they are attached combine to form C═O or C═S, or wherein two R6 groups together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, aryl or aryl(C1-C8)alkylene, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkylene-; or wherein R7 and R8 together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle or heteroaromatic ring;
R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R9 and R10 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa), or where R9 and R10 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen in the case where the R9 or R10 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 or —SCH3;
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, propargyl, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3, —OS(O2)OCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl are optionally interrupted with 1-4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— and amino (—NRc—); and wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of —ORc, —NRcRc, SRc, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3 and —OS(O2)OCH3, provided that the point of attachment of Ra or Rb is not a heteroatom when it is attached to another heteroatom;
Rc is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C1-C8)alkyl; and
n is 0, 1, 2 or 3; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
15. A method for treating cancer, comprising: administering a therapeutically effective amount of an A2A antagonist compound of formula I a mammal in need of such treatment:
Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00123
wherein
Z is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl ring optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra;
Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5;
R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R1 and R2 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1-4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R1 and R2 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen when the R1 or R2 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 or —SCH3;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycle(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, and RaS(═O)2—; or if the ring formed from the group CR3R4R5 is aryl or heteroaryl or partially unsaturated, then R3 can be absent;
R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated, mono-, bi- or tricyclic or aromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amine (—NRa—) in the ring, wherein any ring comprising R4 and R5 is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 14 R6 groups; wherein each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, and RaS(═O)— or two R6 groups and the atom to which they are attached combine to form C═O or C═S, or wherein two R6 groups together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, aryl or aryl(C1-C8)alkylene, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkylene-; or wherein R7 and R8 together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle or heteroaromatic ring;
R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R9 and R10 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R9 and R10 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen in the case where the R9 or R10 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 or —SCH3;
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, propargyl, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3, —OS(O2)OCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl are optionally interrupted with 1-4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— and amino (—NRc—); and wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of —ORc, —NRcRc, SRc, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3 and —OS(O2)OCH3, provided that the point of attachment of Ra or Rb is not a heteroatom when it is attached to another heteroatom;
Rc is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C1-C8)alkyl; and
m is 0 to 8; n is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that when n is 0, Y is not —NR4R5; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein Z is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, where m is 0 or 1.
17. The method of claim 1, wherein:
Y is selected from the group consisting of
Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00124
wherein Y optionally comprises 1, 2 or 3 double bonds; each carbon in the ring is optionally replaced by or interrupted by 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2—, or amino (—NRa—), and is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 10 R6 groups, provided that the Y ring is not attached at a bridgehead carbon atom or at a trisubstituted carbon atom;
Z is selected from the group consisting of halogen, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1,3-butadienyl, penta-1,3-dienyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, hexa-1,3-dienyl, hexa-1,3,5-trienyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, (C6-C20)polycyclyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —NRaRb, —SRa, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)NRa—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═S)NRb—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, —OS(O2)Ra, OS(═O)ORa, —OS(O2)ORa and —O(SO2)NRaRb;
R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R1 and R2 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1-4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R1 and R2 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen when the R1 or R2 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 or —SCH3;
R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, and RaS(═O)— or two R6 groups and the atom to which they are attached combined to form C═O or C═S, or wherein two R6 groups together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, aryl or aryl(C1-C8)alkylene, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkylene-; or wherein R7 and R8 together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle or heteroaromatic ring;
R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C9)alkyl, wherein R9 and R10 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R9 and R10 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen in the case where the R9 or R10 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 or —SCH3;
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, propargyl, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3, —OS(O2)OCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl are optionally interrupted with 1-4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— and amino (—NRc—); and wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of —ORc, —NRcRc, SRc, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3 and —OS(O2)OCH3, provided that the point of attachment of Ra or Rb is not a heteroatom when it is attached to another heteroatom;
Rc is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C1-C8)alkyl; and
m is 0 to 8; n is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that when m is 0, Z is not halogen, cyano, or nitro or attached via a heteroatom; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
18. A method for treating cancer, comprising: administering a therapeutically effective amount of an A2A antagonist compound of formula I a mammal in need of such treatment:
Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00125
wherein:
R1 and R2 are hydrogen, m is 0, 1, 2 or 3 and Z is the moiety derived from the ring selected from the group consisting of furan, dihydro-furan, thiophene, pyrrole, 2H-pyrrole, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, pyrrolidine, 1,3-dioxolane, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, dihydro-imidazole, 2-imidazoline, imidazolidine, pyrazole, 2-pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 2H-pyran, 1H-tetrazole, 4H-pyran, pyridine, dihydro-pyridine, tetrahydro-pyridine, piperidine, 1,4-dioxane, morpholine, 1,4-dithiane, thiomorpholine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, dihydro-pyrimidine, tetrahydro-pyrimidine, hexahydro-pyrimidine, pyrazine, dihydro-pyrazine, tetrahydro-pyrazine, piperazine, 1,3,5-triazine and 1,3,5-trithiane, wherein each Z group is optionally substituted with from 1 to 10 Ra groups;
Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycle(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, and RaS(═O)2—; or if the ring formed from the group CR3R4R5 is aryl or heteroaryl or partially unsaturated, then R3 can be absent;
R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated, mono-, bi- or tricyclic or aromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amine (—NRa—) in the ring, wherein any ring comprising R4 and R5 is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 14 R6 groups; wherein each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, and RaS(═O)— or two R6 groups and the atom to which they are attached combined to form C═O or C═S, or wherein two R6 groups together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, aryl or aryl(C1-C8)alkylene, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkylene-; or wherein R7 and R8 together with the nitrogen atom to which they attach form a heterocycle or heteroaromatic ring;
R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R9 and R10 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R9 and R10 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen in the case where the R9 or R10 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 or —SCH3;
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, propargyl, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3, —OS(O2)OCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl are optionally interrupted with 1-4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— and amino (—NRc—); and wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of —ORc, —NRcRc, SRC, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3 and —OS(O2)OCH3, provided that the point of attachment of Ra or Rb is not a heteroatom when it is attached to another heteroatom;
Rc is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C1-C8)alkyl; and
m is 0 to 8; n is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that when m is 0, Z is not attached via a heteroatom, and when n is 0, Y is not —NR4R5; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein R1 and R2 are hydrogen, m is 0 or 1, and Z is the moiety derived from the ring selected from the group consisting of furan, thiophene, pyrrole, 2H-pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole and 1H-tetrazole, wherein each Z group is optionally substituted with from 1 to 3 Ra groups selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 and —SCH3.
20. A method for treating cancer, comprising: administering a therapeutically effective amount of an A2A antagonist compound of formula I a mammal in need of such treatment:
Figure US20070244134A1-20071018-C00126
wherein:
R7 and R8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl-, aryl(C1-C8)alkylene-, mono- or bicyclic-, aromatic or nonaromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amine (—NRa—) in the ring, and each is optionally substituted with from 1, 2, 3 or 4 Ra groups;
Y is —CR3R4R5 or NR4R5;
Z is selected from the group consisting of halogen, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1,3-butadienyl, penta-1,3-dienyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, hexa-1,3-dienyl, hexa-1,3,5-trienyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, (C6-C20)polycyclyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —NRaRb, —SRa, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)NRa—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═O)NRb—, RaRbNC(═S)NRb—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, —OS(O2)Ra, —OS(═O)ORa, —OS(O2)ORa and —O(SO2)NRaRb;
R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C9)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R1 and R2 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1-4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R1 and R2 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen when the R1 or R2 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 or —SCH3;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, —ORa, —SRa, (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocycle(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, RaS(═O)—, and RaS(═O)2—; or if the ring formed from the group CR3R4R5 is aryl or heteroaryl or partially unsaturated, then R3 can be absent;
R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated, mono-, bi- or tricyclic or aromatic ring having 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 ring atoms, wherein the ring atoms are optionally interrupted by 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amine (—NRa—) in the ring, wherein any ring comprising R4 and R5 is optionally further substituted with from 1 to 14 R6 groups; wherein each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —ORa, —SRa, substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkyl, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclyl(C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, —CO2Ra, RaC(═O)O—, RaC(═O)—, —OCO2Ra, RaRbNC(═O)O—, RbOC(═O)N(Ra)—, RaRbN—, RaRbNC(═O)—, RaC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═O)N(Rb)—, RaRbNC(═S)N(Rb)—, RaOC(═S)—, RaC(═S)—, —SSRa, and RaS(═O)-or two R6 groups and the atom to which they are attached combined to form C═O or C═S, or wherein two R6 groups together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached can form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R9 and R10 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, (C1-C9)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein R9 and R10 are optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents of Ra, wherein the alkyl is optionally interrupted by 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— or amino (—NRa—), or where R9 and R10 are independently absent, with the proviso that Ra is not SH or halogen in the case where the R9 or R10 to which Ra is bound is halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3 or —SCH3;
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —NH2, —OH, —SH, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —OCH3, —SCH3, propargyl, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3, —OS(O2)OCH3, (C1-C8)alkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C8)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C12)bicycloalkyl, cycloalkyl(C1-C8)alkyl, bicycloalkyl(C6-C12)alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl(C1-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl are optionally interrupted with 1-4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S—, —SO—, —S(O)2— and amino (—NRc—); and wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of —ORc, —NRcRc, SRc, cyano, —OS(O2)H, —OS(O2)OH, —OS(O2)CH3 and —OS(O2)OCH3, provided that the point of attachment of Ra or Rb is not a heteroatom when it is attached to another heteroatom;
Rc is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C1-C8)alkyl; and
m is 0 to 8; n is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that when m is 0, Z is not halogen, cyano, or nitro or is not attached via a heteroatom, and when n is 0, Y is not —NR4R5; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein R7 is selected from the group consisting of benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl and each is optionally substituted with from 1, 2 or 3 substituents of Ra.
22. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound selected from the group:
9-Cyclopropylmethyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (1);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-propargyladenine (2);
9-Cyclopentyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (3);
9-Cyanomethyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (4);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(4-methoxybenzyl)adenine (5);
9-(3,4-Dichlorobenzyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (6);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(4-trifluoromethylbenzyl)adenine (7);
9-(3,5-Dimethyl-isoxazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (8);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-[2-(trifluoromethylphenyl)thiazol-4-ylmethyl]adenine (9);
2-{2-[Hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(3-(thiophen-2-yl)prop-2-ynyl)adenine (10);
9-Cyclopropylmethyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (14);
9-Cyclopentyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (15);
9-Allyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (16);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)-9-(propargyl)adenine (17);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)-9-(pent-4-ynyl)adenine (18);
9-(2-Chloroethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (21);
9-([1,3]-Dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (22);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)-9-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-ylmethyl)adenine (23);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)-9-(isopropylcarboxylate)adenine (24);
9-(Acetic acid ethyl ester)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (25);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(2-oxo-oxazolidin-5-ylmethyl)-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (26);
9-Benzyl-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (27);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)-9-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)adenine (28);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(4-nitrobenzyl)-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (29);
9-(3,5-Dimethyl-isoxazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (30);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(2-methyl-thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-N6-(3-pentyl)adenine (31);
N6-[(S)-(+)-sec-Butyl]-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-propargyl-adenine (32);
N6-[(s)-(+)-sec-Butyl]-9-(3,5-dimethyl-isoxazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-{2-[1(S)-hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (33);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-[(s)-(−)-alpha-napthalen-1-yl-ethyl]-9-(propargyl)adenine (35);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-(3-methoxybenzyl)-9-(propargyl)adenine (36);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-(propargyl)-N6-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)adenine (37);
2-{2-[1(S)-Hydroxy-3(R)-methyl-1-cyclohexyl]ethyn-1-yl}-N6-[(methyl)(2-phenethyl)]-9-(propargyl)adenine (38);
9-Cyclopropylmethyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (45);
9-Cyclobutylmethyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (46);
9-Cyclopentylmethyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (47);
9-Cyclohexylmethyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (48);
9-Cyclobutyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (49);
9-Cyclopentyl-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (50);
2-{2-[Hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-propargyl-adenine (51);
2-{2-[Hydroxy-norbornan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}-9-propargyladenine;
9-(But-3-ynyl)-2-{2-[hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl]ethyn-1-yl}adenine (62); and
2-{3-[1-(Methoxycarbanoyl)piperidin-4-yl]propyn-1-yl}-9-propargyladenine (63); or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in the form of a single stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers thereof.
US11/803,312 2004-04-02 2007-05-14 Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors Abandoned US20070244134A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/803,312 US20070244134A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2007-05-14 Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors
US12/049,801 US20080176858A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2008-03-17 Selective antagonists of a2a adenosine receptors

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US55915904P 2004-04-02 2004-04-02
US11/097,251 US7217702B2 (en) 2004-04-02 2005-04-04 Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors
US11/803,312 US20070244134A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2007-05-14 Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/097,251 Continuation US7217702B2 (en) 2004-04-02 2005-04-04 Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/049,801 Continuation US20080176858A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2008-03-17 Selective antagonists of a2a adenosine receptors

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20070244134A1 true US20070244134A1 (en) 2007-10-18

Family

ID=35125609

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/097,251 Expired - Fee Related US7217702B2 (en) 2004-04-02 2005-04-04 Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors
US11/803,312 Abandoned US20070244134A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2007-05-14 Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors
US12/049,801 Abandoned US20080176858A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2008-03-17 Selective antagonists of a2a adenosine receptors

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/097,251 Expired - Fee Related US7217702B2 (en) 2004-04-02 2005-04-04 Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/049,801 Abandoned US20080176858A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2008-03-17 Selective antagonists of a2a adenosine receptors

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (3) US7217702B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1740587A4 (en)
JP (2) JP2007531729A (en)
CN (1) CN1972945A (en)
AU (1) AU2005231440B9 (en)
CA (1) CA2563123A1 (en)
IL (1) IL178365A (en)
WO (1) WO2005097140A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (49)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7427606B2 (en) * 1999-02-01 2008-09-23 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method to reduce inflammatory response in transplanted tissue
US7378400B2 (en) * 1999-02-01 2008-05-27 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method to reduce an inflammatory response from arthritis
US6232297B1 (en) 1999-02-01 2001-05-15 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Methods and compositions for treating inflammatory response
JP4514452B2 (en) * 2001-10-01 2010-07-28 ユニバーシティ オブ バージニア パテント ファウンデーション 2-propyladenosine analogs having A2A agonist activity and compositions thereof
US20090170803A1 (en) * 2002-04-10 2009-07-02 Linden Joel M Adjunctive treatment of biological diseases
GB0219052D0 (en) * 2002-08-15 2002-09-25 Cyclacel Ltd New puring derivatives
WO2006028618A1 (en) * 2004-08-02 2006-03-16 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation 2-polycyclic propynyl adenosine analogs with modified 5'-ribose groups having a2a agonist activity
WO2006023272A1 (en) * 2004-08-02 2006-03-02 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation 2-polycyclic propynyl adenosine analogs having a2a agonist activity
WO2006015357A2 (en) * 2004-08-02 2006-02-09 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation 2-propynyl adenosine analogs with modified 5'-ribose groups having a2a agonist activity
TW200630337A (en) * 2004-10-14 2006-09-01 Euro Celtique Sa Piperidinyl compounds and the use thereof
US20080027022A1 (en) * 2006-02-08 2008-01-31 Linden Joel M Method to treat gastric lesions
WO2007120972A2 (en) * 2006-02-10 2007-10-25 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method to treat sickle cell disease
WO2007110449A1 (en) 2006-03-29 2007-10-04 Euro-Celtique S.A. Benzenesulfonamide compounds and their use
US8791264B2 (en) * 2006-04-13 2014-07-29 Purdue Pharma L.P. Benzenesulfonamide compounds and their use as blockers of calcium channels
WO2007118854A1 (en) 2006-04-13 2007-10-25 Euro-Celtique S.A. Benzenesulfonamide compounds and the use thereof
US8188063B2 (en) 2006-06-19 2012-05-29 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Use of adenosine A2A modulators to treat spinal cord injury
CA2657973A1 (en) * 2006-06-27 2008-01-03 Biovitrum Ab (Publ) Therapeutic compounds
US7985754B2 (en) * 2006-07-17 2011-07-26 Trovis Pharmaceuticals, Llc Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors
GB0622826D0 (en) * 2006-11-15 2006-12-27 Acurepharma Ab Novel amides acting on the adenosine receptors
EP1939197A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-07-02 Schwarz Pharma Ag 8-ethinylxanthine derivatives as selective A2A receptor antagonists
WO2008124118A1 (en) 2007-04-09 2008-10-16 Purdue Pharma L.P. Benzenesulfonyl compounds and the use therof
EP2178858B1 (en) * 2007-08-02 2011-12-28 Recordati Ireland Limited Novel heterocyclic compounds as mglu5 antagonists
WO2009033161A1 (en) * 2007-09-07 2009-03-12 The John Hopkins University Adenosine receptor agonists and antagonists to modulate t cell responses
WO2009040659A2 (en) 2007-09-28 2009-04-02 Purdue Pharma L.P. Benzenesulfonamide compounds and the use thereof
US8058259B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2011-11-15 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Substituted 4-{3-[6-amino-9-(3,4-dihydroxy-tetrahydro-furan-2-yl)-9H-purin-2-yl]-prop-2-ynyl}-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid esters as A2AR agonists
CN102014959B (en) 2008-03-10 2016-01-20 康奈尔大学 The adjustment of blood-brain barrier permeability
KR20130137251A (en) 2008-11-27 2013-12-16 고쿠리츠다이가쿠호우징 카가와다이가쿠 Cyclobutyl purine derivative, angiogenesis promoting agent, lumenization promoting agent, neurocyte growth promoting agent, and drug
ME01838B (en) 2009-06-29 2014-12-20 Lncyte Holdings Corp Pyrimidinones as pi3k inhibitors
CA2766073A1 (en) * 2009-06-30 2011-01-06 Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited Alkoxy-carbonyl-amino-alkynyl-adenosine compounds and derivatives thereof as a2ar agonists
WO2011075643A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2011-06-23 Incyte Corporation Substituted heteroaryl fused derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
US8680108B2 (en) * 2009-12-18 2014-03-25 Incyte Corporation Substituted fused aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as PI3K inhibitors
US9193721B2 (en) 2010-04-14 2015-11-24 Incyte Holdings Corporation Fused derivatives as PI3Kδ inhibitors
US9062055B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2015-06-23 Incyte Corporation Fused pyrrole derivatives as PI3K inhibitors
WO2012070601A1 (en) 2010-11-24 2012-05-31 ヤマサ醤油株式会社 Novel 2-alkynyl-n9-propargyladenine and medicinal use thereof
EP2655374B1 (en) 2010-12-20 2019-10-23 Incyte Holdings Corporation N-(1-(substituted-phenyl)ethyl)-9h-purin-6-amines as pi3k inhibitors
US9108984B2 (en) 2011-03-14 2015-08-18 Incyte Corporation Substituted diamino-pyrimidine and diamino-pyridine derivatives as PI3K inhibitors
WO2012135009A1 (en) 2011-03-25 2012-10-04 Incyte Corporation Pyrimidine-4,6-diamine derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
MX2020004502A (en) 2011-09-02 2022-01-20 Incyte Holdings Corp Heterocyclylamines as pi3k inhibitors.
AR090548A1 (en) 2012-04-02 2014-11-19 Incyte Corp BICYCLIC AZAHETEROCICLOBENCILAMINS AS PI3K INHIBITORS
WO2015191677A1 (en) 2014-06-11 2015-12-17 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heteroarylaminoalkyl phenyl derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
CR20170389A (en) 2015-02-27 2018-01-26 Incyte Corp P13K INHIBITOR SALTS AND PREPARATION PROCESSES
WO2016183063A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-11-17 Incyte Corporation Crystalline forms of a pi3k inhibitor
WO2016183060A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-11-17 Incyte Corporation Process for the synthesis of a phosphoinositide 3-kinase inhibitor
US11246871B2 (en) 2016-07-15 2022-02-15 Northwestern University Targeting adenosine A2A receptors for the treatment of levodopa-induced dyskinesias
WO2019072143A1 (en) * 2017-10-11 2019-04-18 上海迪诺医药科技有限公司 4-aminopyridine derivative, pharmaceutical composition thereof, preparation method therefor and use thereof
EP3760620A4 (en) 2018-02-23 2022-01-05 Beijing Tide Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Receptor antagonist, pharmaceutical composition comprising same, and usage thereof
AU2019276662A1 (en) * 2018-05-26 2020-12-17 Primetime Life Sciences, Llc Compounds and methods for modulation of G-protein-coupled receptors
JP2023529867A (en) 2020-06-05 2023-07-12 キネート バイオファーマ インク. Inhibitor of fibroblast growth factor receptor kinase
AU2022275564A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2023-12-07 Adovate, Llc Cyclic amide-containing pyridyl xanthines as a 2b antagonists

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4293690A (en) * 1979-04-02 1981-10-06 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Production of 2,6-diaminonebularines
US4341769A (en) * 1980-04-14 1982-07-27 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 2,6-Diaminonebularines, their production and use
US5189027A (en) * 1990-11-30 1993-02-23 Yamasa Shoyu Kabushiki Kaisha 2-substituted adenosine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions for circulatory diseases
US5681941A (en) * 1990-01-11 1997-10-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted purines and oligonucleotide cross-linking
US6329381B1 (en) * 1997-11-28 2001-12-11 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited Heterocyclic compounds
US6387889B1 (en) * 1998-09-01 2002-05-14 Yamasa Corporation Medicinal compositions for treating eye diseases
US20040043388A1 (en) * 2001-03-02 2004-03-04 Come Jon H. Three hybrid assay system
US20050187228A1 (en) * 1999-05-21 2005-08-25 Aventis Pharma S.A. Derivatives of purine, their preparation process and pharmaceutical compositions containing them

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3990061B2 (en) * 1998-01-05 2007-10-10 エーザイ・アール・アンド・ディー・マネジメント株式会社 Purine derivatives and adenosine A2 receptor antagonists as preventive and therapeutic agents for diabetes
US6579868B1 (en) * 1998-01-05 2003-06-17 Eisai Co., Ltd. Purine derivatives and adenosine A2 receptor antagonists serving as preventives/remedies for diabetes
KR100668006B1 (en) * 1999-02-01 2007-01-15 유니버시티 오브 버지니아 페이턴트 파운데이션 Compositions for Treating Inflammatory Response
JP4514452B2 (en) * 2001-10-01 2010-07-28 ユニバーシティ オブ バージニア パテント ファウンデーション 2-propyladenosine analogs having A2A agonist activity and compositions thereof
JP2004018453A (en) * 2002-06-14 2004-01-22 Sumika Fine Chemicals Co Ltd Alkynylpurine compound and its manufacturing method

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4293690A (en) * 1979-04-02 1981-10-06 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Production of 2,6-diaminonebularines
US4341769A (en) * 1980-04-14 1982-07-27 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 2,6-Diaminonebularines, their production and use
US5681941A (en) * 1990-01-11 1997-10-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted purines and oligonucleotide cross-linking
US5189027A (en) * 1990-11-30 1993-02-23 Yamasa Shoyu Kabushiki Kaisha 2-substituted adenosine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions for circulatory diseases
US6329381B1 (en) * 1997-11-28 2001-12-11 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited Heterocyclic compounds
US6387889B1 (en) * 1998-09-01 2002-05-14 Yamasa Corporation Medicinal compositions for treating eye diseases
US20050187228A1 (en) * 1999-05-21 2005-08-25 Aventis Pharma S.A. Derivatives of purine, their preparation process and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US20040043388A1 (en) * 2001-03-02 2004-03-04 Come Jon H. Three hybrid assay system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2005231440A1 (en) 2005-10-20
CN1972945A (en) 2007-05-30
EP1740587A2 (en) 2007-01-10
WO2005097140A2 (en) 2005-10-20
US7217702B2 (en) 2007-05-15
US20050282831A1 (en) 2005-12-22
WO2005097140A3 (en) 2006-08-17
EP1740587A4 (en) 2009-07-15
AU2005231440B2 (en) 2012-01-19
CA2563123A1 (en) 2005-10-20
JP2007531729A (en) 2007-11-08
JP2012229231A (en) 2012-11-22
IL178365A0 (en) 2007-02-11
IL178365A (en) 2010-12-30
AU2005231440B9 (en) 2012-02-23
US20080176858A1 (en) 2008-07-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7217702B2 (en) Selective antagonists of A2A adenosine receptors
US11466019B2 (en) Triazolo[4,5-d] pyramidine derivatives and their use as purine receptor antagonists
JP2020517618A (en) Combination therapy with EHMT2 inhibitor
EP1363639B1 (en) PYRROLO 2,3-d PYRIMIDINE AND THEIR USE AS PURINERGIC RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS
CN106243088B (en) Substituted diethylenediamine compound and its application method and purposes
CN106795143B (en) Substituted benzazolyl compounds and its application method and purposes
JP6696904B2 (en) Formulations and pharmaceutical compositions
ES2365905T3 (en) CONDENSED THIOPHENE COMPOUNDS AND THE SAME USE IN THE TREATMENT OF CHRONIC PAIN.
CN114901665A (en) Use of triazolotriazine derivatives for the treatment of diseases
US20100173914A1 (en) Pharmaceuticals, compositions and methods of making and using the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

AS Assignment

Owner name: PGXHEALTH, LLC, MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ADENOSINE THERAPEUTICS, LLC;REEL/FRAME:022075/0734

Effective date: 20080820

Owner name: PGXHEALTH, LLC,MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ADENOSINE THERAPEUTICS, LLC;REEL/FRAME:022075/0734

Effective date: 20080820

AS Assignment

Owner name: ADENOSINE THERAPEUTICS, LLC, VIRGINIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:DOGWOOD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:029785/0460

Effective date: 20121221